advertisement
NetSure
™
ACU+ (Advanced Control Unit Plus)
User Instructions, UM1M820BNA (Issue AH, March 4, 2013)
Specification Number: 1M820BNA, 1M820DNA
Model Number: M820B, M820D
This page is intentionally blank.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Chapter 1.
Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1
Chapter 2.
Operation ............................................................................................................ 16
Disabling Proxy Server Settings to Enable a Connection to the Controller over an Intranet
Table of Contents i
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Clearing Rectifier Lost, Rectifier Communication Fail, Converter Lost, Converter
Configuring the ACU+ Identification of Rectifiers and Assigning which Input Phase is
Chapter 3.
Local Display Menus .......................................................................................... 80
ii Table of Contents
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Chapter 4.
WEB Interface Menus ....................................................................................... 113
Table of Contents iii
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Chapter 5.
Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS) ......... 159
Chapter 6.
Replacement Procedures ................................................................................ 164
Chapter 7.
Specifications ................................................................................................... 166
Revision Record ................................................................................................................... 168
iv Table of Contents
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
1.1 Preface
These instructions describe the complete functionality of the ACU+ Controller. Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the ACU+ Controller. Your system may not utilize all the functionality described.
Refer also to the ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for a list of factory default settings.
1.2 Overview
The ACU+ Controller performs the following functions.
Rectifier Control, including an Energy Optimization Mode
Converter Control
System Components Monitoring and System Alarms Generation
(including recording alarms in logs)
Operating Data Acquisition and Data Logs
Battery Management
Intelligent Power Matching (Energy Optimization Mode)
Power Split Feature
Diesel Management Feature
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Function
Supervisory Module (SM Modules) Monitoring
Hybrid Control Function
Maximum Current Limit Function
The ACU+ controls the system automatically via configured parameters.
A User interfaces with the ACU+ Controller locally using the local keypad and LCD display or locally/remotely using the WEB Interface.
The ACU+ Controller can also be accessed via SNMP (v1 and v2).
Chapter 1. Introduction 1
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Figure 1 illustrates the various methods to interface with the ACU+ Controller remotely.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Figure 1
ACU+ Remote Communications
1.3 Function Descriptions
1.3.1 Rectifier Control
Rectifiers are automatically controlled by the ACU+ Controller. The ACU+ Controller provides an Energy
Optimization Mode function. Energy Optimization permits an installation to only operate rectifiers as needed to maintain the load and keep batteries in a fully charged condition. As load increases, Energy
Optimization turns on additional rectifiers as needed to maintain the load. As load decreases, Energy
Optimization places rectifiers in standby to conserve energy usage. Rectifiers which are always operating to maintain any load requirements are cycled through the group of rectifiers controlled by this feature to provide uniform operating times for each rectifier.
1.3.2 Converter Control
Converters are automatically controlled by the ACU+ Controller.
2 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
1.3.3 System Components Monitoring and System Alarms Generation
The ACU+ Controller monitors the components comprising the system (such as the rectifiers, converters, and supervisory modules) and generates alarms if a fault condition occurs. The ACU+ Controller also maintains an alarm history log.
The available system alarms are programmed with an Alarm Severity Level. Each Alarm Severity Level has different visual/audible alarm attributes. Available Alarm Severity Levels and their attributes are listed
Alarm
Severity Level
Critical Alarm (CA)
Major Alarm (MJ)
Minor Alarm (MN)
No Alarm
ACU+ Red
Alarm Indicator
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ACU+ Yellow
Alarm Indicator
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ACU+
Audible Alarm
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Table 1
Alarm Severity Levels
The alarm indicator turns OFF if the fault(s) that triggered the alarm clears.
The audible alarm can be silenced by pressing any key on the ACU+ Controller local interface pad.
The audible alarm is also silenced if the fault(s) that triggered the alarm clears.
An audible alarm cutoff feature can be programmed that silences the audible alarm after a pre-set programmable time period. The audible alarm can also be disabled.
The available system alarms can also be mapped to alarm relays (located on ACU+ interface boards) that can be wired to external alarm circuits.
1.3.4 Operating Data Acquisition and Data Logs
The ACU+ Controller acquires and anal yses real time data from the system’s components such as the rectifiers, converters, and supervisory modules.
The ACU+ Controller uses this data to process alarms and also records data in logs. The logs are viewed using the WEB Interface and consists of...
Alarm History Log: records 600 latest alarms.
Data History Log: records 60000 latest history data.
Control Log: records 500 latest control events.
System Log: records 3000 latest system events.
Diesel Test Log: records 500 latest diesel test results.
Battery Test Log: up to twelve (12) battery discharge tests can be performed and recorded per year.
Note: Once maximum number of log entries is reached, new entries overwrite oldest entries.
Logs can be saved in the text (.txt) format.
Chapter 1. Introduction 3
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
1.3.5 Battery Management
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
General Battery Management
The ACU+ Controller provides the following battery management functions
(except Lithium Ion Battery Configuration).
Battery Charge Temperature Compensation
Battery Equalize Charge
Battery Charge Current Limit
High and Low Battery Temperature Alarms
Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature
(Reduces Voltage during a High Battery Temperature Condition)
Battery Discharge Tests
Battery Test Logs (maximum twelve [12] logs, maximum eighteen [18] battery strings per log)
Battery LVD (Low Voltage Disconnect)
Battery Capacity Prediction
Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring
Enhanced Battery Monitoring with SM-BRC
Thermal Runaway Detection/Management
Spec. No. 588820300 Battery Rack System (Lithium Ion Battery Configuration)
When the ACU+ is equipped with the Lithium Ion Battery Configuration for use with Spec. No. 588820300
NetSure
™ Battery Rack System, the battery management functions are as follows.
The configuration only provides the battery float charge voltage (equalize charging is not applicable).
The only adjustable battery setting (besides the float voltage level) is the ABCL (Active Battery
Charge Current Limit) Point.
Active Battery Charge Current Limit (ABCL): This feature controls the amount of charge current supplied to the lithium-ion batteries installed in the power plant to prevent failure of the batteries.
Battery status and alarms sent by the batteries to the ACU+ are displayed in the ACU+ interfaces.
Refer also to the instructions provided by the battery manufacturer for battery management functions built into the battery itself.
NOTE THAT THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS ARE FOR THE GENERAL BATTERY
MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS AND DO NOT APPLY TO THE LITHIUM ION BATTERY
CONFIGURATION.
4 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Battery Charge Temperature Compensation
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The ACU+ Controller can be programmed to automatically increase or decrease system output voltage to maintain battery float current as battery temperature decreases or increases, respectively. Battery life can be extended when an optimum charge voltage to the battery with respect to temperature is maintained.
Temperature is monitored by a sensor mounted on the battery. See your power system documentation for temperature sensor information. You can also set High2, High1, and Low compensation temperature alarms.
Functional Description (See Figure 2): Battery charge temperature compensation adds a correction
term, related to the temperature of the batteries, to the nominal value of the system voltage. The degree of regulation (TempComp Coeff), expressed in mV/°C/battery string, can be set per battery manufacturer recommendations.
To protect batteries and voltage-sensitive loads, compensation is automatically limited to a maximum of two volts (48V systems) or one volt (24 volt systems) above or below the nominal output level (float setting).
Temperature compensation will also clamp if the voltage reaches either the TEMP COMP MAX V setting or the TEMP COMP MIN V setting. This feature can also be disabled.
Temperature compensation is automatically disabled if communication between the Controller and all rectifiers is lost, a DC over or under voltage alarm activates, a low voltage disconnection occurs, manual mode is entered, or the system enters the boost or test modes.
TempComp Coeff setting (mV/°C).
1V Max (24V System)
2V Max (48V System)
1V Max (24V System)
2V Max (48V System)
V high
Upper voltage level where temperature compensation clamps the voltage. Limited to the TEMP COMP MAX V setting.
V nom
Nominal voltage (voltage at nominal temperature).
V low
Lower voltage level where temperature compensation clamps the voltage. Limited to the TEMP COMP MIN V setting.
T nom
T nom
Nominal temperature (no temperature compensation is done at this temperature).
This is the Temp Comp setting.
Figure 2
Temperature Compensated Voltage Control
Chapter 1. Introduction 5
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Battery Equalize Charge and Battery Charge Current Limit
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The ACU+ Controller can increase system output voltage for equalizing the charge on all battery cells of a conventional flooded cell battery, or for recharging the battery following a commercial power failure.
The charging function can be initiated cyclically (scheduled), automatically, or manually.
Refer to the battery manufacturer's instructions for equalize charging instructions.
Functional Description (See Figure 3):
Start of Charging: When the battery charge current exceeds a preset value for 3 minutes or if the calculated battery capacity has decreased to a preset value (after a commercial AC failure, for example), the charging function of the ACU+ is activated. A charging signal is sent from the ACU+ to the rectifiers to increase the voltage up to the battery charging level V equalize
Battery Current Limitation: After a commercial AC failure or when some battery cells are permanently damaged, the current to the batteries can be quite extensive. To avoid overheating or further damages to the battery, the ACU+ limits the battery current to a preset level by limiting the charging voltage of the rectifiers. Should the battery current still exceed a higher preset value, an alarm is issued.
End of Charging: When the charging current drops below a preset value, a defined prolonged charging time is started before the charging is stopped and the voltage of the rectifiers return to the float charging level (V nom
). For safety, there is a equalize charging limit time that stops the charging after a preset time.
Figure 3
Voltage Characteristics on Commercial AC Failure and Automatic Equalize Charging
High and Low Battery Temperature Alarms
The ACU+ Controller can monitor battery temperature via a temperature sensor mounted on a battery cell.
Values for high battery temperature and low battery temperature alarms can then be programmed into the
ACU+ Controller.
Battery Thermal Runaway Management (BTRM) Feature
You can designate a temperature sensor as the BTRM sensor. The BTRM sensor has High2 and High1
BTRM temperature alarm limits. If battery temperature exceeds the
“BTRM Temp High2” setting, system voltage is lowered to the BTRM voltage setting. This feature can also be disabled.
6 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Battery Discharge Test and Battery Test Logs
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The ACU+ Controller can perform battery discharge tests to check the condition of the battery.
There are (3) types of battery discharge tests.
Short Time Test
Time Test
Stable Current Test
A User can manually start a battery discharge test or program the ACU+ Controller to automatically start battery discharge tests at scheduled intervals (cyclic battery tests). During a battery discharge test, the
ACU+ Controller controls the rectifiers output to place the entire load or partial load on the batteries. The
ACU+ Controller monitors the discharge of the battery and saves the results in a battery test log.
Functional Description: For manual battery discharge tests as well as for cyclic battery discharge tests, the following parameters must be set: End Voltage, Test Time, and Battery Capacity Discharge Limit. See
Battery Discharge Test Sequence:
In time test modes, the output voltage of the rectifiers is reduced so that only the batteries power the load. If the batteries fail, the rectifiers power the load.
In stable current test mode, the output voltage of the rectifiers is reduced so that the batteries supply the preset test current to the load.
The battery test continues until one of the following occurs:
The preset test time, see Figure 4, expires. The battery has passed the test.
The battery voltage drops below the preset end voltage level (V end
) (Figure 4). The battery has not
passed the test and the test is interrupted. A battery test alarm is activated.
The battery capacity drops below the preset test end battery capacity. The battery has not passed the test and the test is interrupted. A battery test alarm is activated.
After the battery discharge test, the output voltage of the rectifiers increase so that the rectifiers supply the system and charge the batteries.
Figure 4
Battery Test Diagram
Chapter 1. Introduction 7
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Battery LVD (Low Voltage Disconnect)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
To prevent serious damage to the batteries during a commercial AC power failure, the batteries can be disconnected by voltage or time control.
The batteries are reconnected automatically when commercial AC power is restored and a predetermined
DC voltage level is reached.
Voltage Controlled Disconnection: When the set voltage level is reached, the batteries are disconnected.
Time Controlled Disconnection: When the set time has elapsed, the batteries are disconnected.
Battery Capacity Prediction
The ACU+ can predict battery capacity.
Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring
The ACU+ can monitor battery blocks (12V blocks) or midpoint battery voltage of battery strings connected to the EIB assembly. An alarm is issued when either battery block voltage or battery midpoint voltage is abnormal.
Enhanced Battery Monitoring with SM-BRC
When connected to an SM-BRC, the ACU+ provides enhanced battery monitoring.
Thermal Runaway Detection and Management
Functional Description: The system uses several control mechanisms to avoid thermal runaway.
First: During a short high rate discharge, the batteries will normally get hot. The ACU+ takes this into consideration. After completion of the discharge duty, the batteries are recharged with a limited current to avoid heating the batteries any further.
Second: The temperature of the batteries can be monitored, and the ACU+ sets the charge voltage appropriately, as previously described under Battery Charge Temperature Compensation.
Third: In addition to battery temperature compensation, if battery temperature rises above a set temperature limit, the system stops battery charging completely by lowering the output voltage to the
“BTRM Voltage” setting. This allows the batteries to cool down. The system also provides alarm notification of this occurrence. Power supplied to customer equipment is not interrupted.
Fourth: The battery LVD circuits can be programmed to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs (HTD
– High Temperature Disconnect). The contactor(s) open when battery temperature rises above a programmable value and close again when battery temperature falls below another programmable value.
1.3.6 Intelligent Power Matching (Energy Optimization Mode)
With Energy Optimization Mode (ECO):
The Controller monitors load current versus system capacity.
The Controller commands some rectifiers to standby in rotation.
Refer to
“1.3.1 Rectifier Control” for further description.
8 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
1.3.7 Power Split Feature
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The Power Split feature allows you to connect the power system controlled via the ACU+ to an existing DC power system instead of extending or completely replacing the existing DC power system.
The power system controlled via the ACU+ functions as a slave system to share load (split output) with the existing system (master system) that requires expansion. The ACU+ does not require communication with the master system’s Controller.
The Power Split feature provides for the sharing of total load in a controlled manner between the paralleled power systems.
When Power Split is programmed, the ACU+ adjusts rectifier output voltage per load demands to ensure
proper sharing between the slave and master power systems. See Figure 5.
Figure 5
Power Split Feature
1.3.8 Diesel Management Feature
The Diesel Management feature is available when an SM-AC supervisory module is connected to the
ACU+ Controller. The Diesel Management feature consists of a Diesel Test. The Diesel Test can be performed at specific intervals or a User can manually start the Diesel Test. The ACU+ records the test results.
Chapter 1. Introduction 9
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
1.3.9 PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Function
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The PLC function allows a User to create "control program lines" by combining equipment analog signals, parameters, and alarms in a sequence that controls equipment and/or operates relays.
Control program lines are created using the WEB Interface. See
Available logical components are:
Logical Component
Logic NOT
Logic OR
Logic AND
AndOr
Greater Than (>)
Less Than (<)
Delay
Description
NOT; Returns the inverted value of the input signal/parameter.
OR; Returns active (true) if any of the two signals/parameters are active (true).
AND; Returns active (true) if both of the two signals/parameters are active
(true).
XOR; Returns active (true) if one and only one of the two signals/parameters are active (true).
GREATER THAN; Returns active (true) if the analog input signal goes above the set threshold. Returns inactive (false) if the input signal goes below the set threshold minus hysteresis value.
LESS THAN; Returns active (true) if the analog input signal goes below the set threshold. Returns inactive (false) if the input signal goes above the set threshold plus hysteresis value.
DELAY in seconds; Delays the applied signal/parameter with the defined time in seconds before applying it to the output.
1.3.10 Supervisory Module (SM Modules) Monitoring
Various devices (supervisory modules) can be connected to the ACU+ Controller to extend its monitoring capabilities.
1.3.11 Hybrid Control Function
Hybrid Control is designed for use in new installations or as an upgrade of existing sites powered by a diesel generator(s) when grid power is not available. The Hybrid Control is also applicable to sites with highly unreliable or frequently unavailable grid power connection. The primary power source is still considered to be the diesel generator(s).
Note: The Hybrid Control function requires a specific configuration. Hybrid Control menus will not normally be displayed unless your ACU+ has been configured by Emerson for this function.
Contact Emerson for a Hybrid Control configuration.
General
Hybrid Control allows the option of selecting one of the following: Fixed Daily Time based operation or
Capacity Discharge based operation.
10 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Fixed Daily Time based operation is intended to be used with a combination of AC powered active cooling (air conditioners) and DC powered cooling (heat exchangers, etc). The cycle period is synchronized to the 24hr day-night cycle. It makes optimum use of the different temperature conditions during the day and the night in order to facilitate Hybrid fuel saving operation.
Capacity Discharge based operation is intended for sites utilizing only DC powered cooling (heat exchangers, etc). The cycle period is determined by User selectable depth of discharge (DOD) of the batteries per cycle and associated recharge time. It provides optimum Hybrid fuel saving operation.
Operation from Grid Power is performed with both Fixed Daily Time and Capacity Discharge modes of operation. Grid power is always given priority when available.
As the two types of control are specific to the hardware configuration of the site, the Fixed Daily Time or
Capacity Discharge is a User selectable option on installation.
Hybrid Operation
Generator Control: Potential free relay contact output from the ACU+ interface board controls the start and stop of the diesel generator. The signal is generated by the ACU+ Controller and operates according to the Hybrid software mode of operation. The control logic is as follows:
Energized output relay
– Generator OFF.
De-energized output relay
– Generator ON.
This is a fail-safe logic to ensure generator operation in all cases where power or control to the relay is lost.
Further to that, the type of signal to the generator can be selected as N/O (Normally Open) or N/C
(Normally Closed) by selecting the relevant output pins of the control relay.
Number of Generator Control Outputs: The ACU+ Hybrid software can control one or two generators.
Each generator control is designated as DG1 or DG2 output. A User selectable menu will allow selecting
DG1, DG2, or DG1 and DG2. When both are selected they will be alternatively used (two generator operation).
Diesel Fail Alarm: A diesel fail alarm will be generated if the Diesel Generator ON signal fails to bring the generator to operation and provide the system with AC power. Alarm will be triggered after 60 seconds
(default value, settable) from ON signal. If two generator operations are selected simultaneously with the alarm, the second Diesel Generator ON signal will be activated.
Battery Fuse Trip Alarm: In the event of a Battery Fuse trip condition an alarm will be generated.
Under Voltage Alarms:
Under Voltage Alarm 1: An Under Voltage Alarm 1 is set. If voltage decreases below this setting, an alarm is raised.
Under Voltage Alarm 2: An Under Voltage Alarm 2 is set. If voltage decreases below this setting, the
Diesel Generator is started and an alarm is raised.
LVD 1: Normal loads are disconnected.
LVD 2: Priority loads are disconnected.
Charge Voltage:
Chapter 1. Introduction 11
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Figure 6
Charge Voltage
Equalize Charge: The battery will be recharged at equalize voltage. This is the voltage set in the initial
phase of battery recharge. See Figure 6.
As the voltage limit is reached, the charge current is gradually reduced
– effect known as current tail.
When the current tail falls below a set of threshold levels, additional equalize charge time is added.
The equalize charge current tail threshold is settable from 0.01 to 0.05. Default setting is 0.02 (2A per
100Ah). The additional equalize charge time is settable from 0 hours to 7 hours (settable in minutes from
0 to 720), default setting is 4 hours. The duration of the equalize charge is determined as the time from the start of the recharge to the end of the additional time. (Maximum charge time, determined from the time charge starts, is settable in the range of 5-24h.)
The end of recharge is determined by a three (3) step approach:
Step1 - calculated battery capacity exceeds 90%. Calculation is performed by measurement of battery current and time, in Ah.
Step 2 - charge current tail threshold is reached.
Step 3 - additional charge time is added.
Float Charge: Default float voltage is 54.0V at 20°C with a temperature compensation of -72mV per °C.
If battery temperature exceeds 38°C, the charge voltage is reduced to 51V to reduce gassing and prevent thermal runaway. The same is applicable as well for equalizing charge.
Equalizing Charge: As the cyclic use does not ensure complete battery recharge after every cycle, an equalizing charge cycle is added. The equalizing cycle will occur up to four times a month, settable for every 7 to 60 days intervals. Start date and time is settable. Equalizing charge time is 20 hours independent of discharge time setting. Equalizing charge is performed at equalize voltage until end of
additional equalize time and thereafter at float voltage for the remaining time. Also see Figure 6.
Equalize charge independently settable 0-720 min (already set in equalize charge).
12 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Early Termination of the Discharge Periods
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
During discharge, over temperature and under voltage conditions will interrupt the discharge and change the operation to charge
– Diesel Generator ON.
Over Temperature: The diesel generator will start and run for a period before it is stopped again. The run time is User selectable in the range 30 to 120 minutes, default setting is 60 minutes. Temperature is referenced to cabinet/shelter ambient temperature sensor connected to the Controller, not battery temperature. Over temperature start can be disabled completely from User settings menu.
Under Voltage: The under voltage start is triggered by under voltage alarm 2 voltage settings.
The diesel generator will start and run until the normal recharge cycle is due to finish depending on selected mode of operation.
Example for Fixed Daily Time: If the normal recharge cycle is from 7am until 7pm and under voltage has started the diesel generator at 5:30am, the effective recharge will be from 5:30am until 7pm.
Example for Capacity Discharge: If this mode is selected, the recharge will terminate.
Operation with Grid Power
Grid power is always prioritized when available. If grid power becomes available during battery discharge, the discharge cycle is terminated and recharge cycle is initiated. If grid power becomes available during diesel generator operation, the diesel generator is switched OFF and operations continue on grid power.
Battery Recharge with Grid Power: Battery recharge with grid power can start from the beginning (case of grid power becoming available during battery discharge) or can continue over from diesel generator recharge depending on the timing. In both cases, the recharge process will follow the recharge profile
continue to be powered from grid and no battery discharge will be initiated for the duration of grid availability. In this case battery voltage will revert back to Float voltage.
Battery Discharge after Grid Failure: At the point of grid power failure, the battery capacity is unknown as these events occur in random manner. For the purpose of maximizing the use of grid power and in anticipation of grid power becoming available again, the Hybrid operation will continue with battery discharge cycle. Discharge will continue until:
The preset discharge time elapses (Fixed Daily Time).
The preset DOD is reached (Capacity Discharge).
In both cases, the discharge can be terminated earlier as described in
“Early Termination of the Discharge
Periods
”.
Relay Assignment
– when in Hybrid Mode
Relay 1: Generator Alarm
No Generator Voltage Alarm. No AC supply, 60 sec delay.
Relay 2: Battery Alarms
Logic alarm generated from: under voltage 1, under voltage 2, LVD1, LVD2, battery high temp, battery very high temp, overvoltage 1, overvoltage 2, battery temp sensor fail, battery fuse alarms, and high load alarm.
Relay 3: Rectifier Alarms
Logic alarm generated from: multiple rectifier fail, rectifier fail, rectifier fan failure, rectifier HVSD, rectifier AC failure, and rectifier not responding.
Chapter 1. Introduction 13
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Relay 4: System Alarms
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Logic alarm generated from: load fuse alarms, high ambient temperature, ambient temp sensor fail, smoke detected, and water detection.
Relay 5: Generator Run At High Temp
Output to intelligent cooling devices linked to AC supply (DG run).
Relay 6: Intruder Alarm
Alarm triggered by dry contact door/motion sensor.
Relay 7: Diesel 1 in Operation
Output to DG1 on site. DG is set on for the duration of the signal.
Relay 8: Diesel 2 in Operation
Output to DG2 on site. DG is set on for the duration of the signal.
Fixed Daily
In this mode of operation the total duration of a complete cycle is 24hr. Such duration is necessary as the operation is synchronized with day-night temperature pattern. When an extended recharge cycle is required, the termination of it will still follow the 24hr schedule.
Cycle Duration: A complete cycle consists of discharge and charge periods to the combined total of
24hrs. The discharge period starts at 7pm. It is then followed by recharge period (Diesel Generator ON) for the remaining of the 24hrs. The discharge time is User selectable in the range 1hrs to 22hrs, default setting is 12hrs.
Discharge: The discharge start time and duration are settable. Discharge period starts at 7pm. The discharge time is User selectable in the range 1hrs to 22hrs, default setting is 12hrs.
Recharge: Recharge period (Diesel Generator ON) follows after discharge for the remaining of the 24hrs.
Recharge is performed at equalize voltage until added equalize time elapses and at float voltage for the remaining charge time.
High Load Alarm: In order to identify conditions where the load requirements are exceeding the dimensioning of the Hybrid site, an alarm must be generated. The alarm will be triggered upon exceeding the maximum capacity per discharge cycle. The threshold value will be set as default to 40% of battery capacity. It will require capacity measurement per cycle. The alarm will be set once the high load threshold value is reached and is reset at the beginning of the next discharge period. This alarm will also allow distinguishing the root cause of under voltage conditions: is it high load demand or is it a battery ageing and associated loss of capacity issue or insufficient charge capacity.
Capacity Discharge
The cycle period is determined by User selectable capacity discharge of the batteries and associated recharge times. After that the cycle repeats itself. It does not follow a 24hr pattern.
Capacity Discharge and Recharge: The battery discharge period is determined by the percentage of the nominal battery capacity [Ah] that will be discharged per cycle.
The depth of discharge [DOD] per cycle is User selectable in the range 20% to 80%. Default setting is
60%. The value is set as battery capacity at the end of each discharge period. Therefore, if a 60% discharge is chosen, the discharge value is set to 40%.
The time to recharge to full battery capacity depends on battery capacity at the start of the charge cycle and available recharge current.
When the additional charge time has been reached; the generator will be stopped, the recharge cycle will end, and discharge cycle will be initiated.
14 Chapter 1. Introduction
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
For practical purposes, the battery capacity at the end of every recharge period is set to 100% as long as
Step1, Step 2, and Step 3 have elapsed.
If end of charge is not reached within the set maximum hrs, the recharge will be terminated anyway and discharge cycle will be initiated.
1.3.12 Maximum Current Limit Function
The current available from the rectifiers can be programmed (in AMPS) from 10% to 121% of combined rectifier capacity. The factory setting is 121% unless otherwise specified. The current available from the converters can be programmed (in AMPS) from 50% to 116% of combined converter capacity. The factory setting is 116% unless otherwise specified. Refer to the ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) supplied with your system documentation for your system’s settings.
If a rectifier or converter is added, the respective current limit point will automatically increase by the percentage each existing rectifier or converter was set to provide prior to the addition.
If a rectifier or converter is removed from the system (and the Rect Comm Fail or Conv Comm Fail alarm is reset), the respective current limit point will remain unchanged unless the capacity of the remaining rectifiers or converters is not sufficient to maintain the present current limit point. If that happens, the current limit point will automatically increase to the maximum (121% of the remaining rectifiers or 116% of the remaining converters).
Chapter 1. Introduction 15
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
CHAPTER 2. OPERATION
2.1 Local Indicators
USB
Port
Menu
Navigation
Keys
Location and Identification: Refer to Figure 7.
Description:
There are three (3) indicators located on the ACU+ Controller’s front panel. Refer to Table 2
for the function of the indicators.
M820B
Minor Alarm
Indicator (Yellow)
Status
Indicator
(Green)
Critical or Major
Alarm Indicator
(Red)
M820D
10/100M Ethernet
Port (RJ-45)
Critical or Major
Alarm Indicator
(Red)
Minor Alarm
Indicator (Yellow)
Status
Indicator
(Green)
10/100M Ethernet
Port (RJ-45)
USB
Port
ESC ENT
Menu Navigation Keys
Figure 7
Local Indicators and Menu Navigation Keys Locations
Indicator Normal State Fault State Fault Cause
Status
(Green)
Minor
Alarm
(Yellow)
Critical/Major
Alarm (Red)
On
Off
Off
Off
No input power to the ACU+
Controller.
On
The system has one or more active
Minor alarms. Alarm conditions are programmable.
On
Table 2
Local Indicators
The system has one or more active
Critical or Major alarms. Alarm conditions are programmable.
16 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.2 Passwords and Access Levels
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Users (for local and Web access to the ACU+ Controller) are set via the Web Interface.
Note that anyone can browse the ACU+ via the local keypad and display. A password is required to change settings. Web access always requires a User Name and password to be entered to gain access.
Users are configured with a User Name, password, and access level.
User Name: Maximum 13 Characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z, _ ).
Password: Maximum 13 Characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z, _ ).
Once a password is entered, it remains in effect for a preset time period to allow navigating between menus without re-entering the password.
Access Level: Refer to the following table.
A User has access to his/her level menus, plus all menus of the lesser access levels.
Access Level
(Authority Level)
Level A (Browser)
Level B (Operator)
Level C (Engineer)
Level D (Administrator)
Default User Name and Password
none set none set none set
Admin, 1
Authority
The User can only read (browse) information in the menus.
The User has access to the system "Control" menus.
The User has access to the system "Setting" menus and can download the configuration file.
The User has full access to all menus; including update the OS application and modifying, adding, and deleting
Users.
Chapter 2. Operation 17
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
2.3 Local Keypad and Display Access
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.3.1 Local Menu Navigation Keys and LCD Display
Location and Identification: Refer to Figure 7.
Description: There are four (4) menu navigation keys and an LCD display located on the ACU+
Controller’s front panel. Refer to Table 3 for the function of the menu navigation keys.
Note: When the LCD is lit, if no button is pushed for 8 minutes, the backlight of the LCD display extinguishes and the ACU+ Controller returns to the Main Screen. Press any key to re-activate the
LCD display.
Key Symbol Key Name Function
ESC
ENT
Escape
Enter
Press this key to go back to a previous menu or to cancel setting a parameter.
Press this key to go forward to the next menu, to select a parameter to edit, or to validate a parameter setting change.
Press ESC and ENT together to reset the ACU+ Controller, then press ENT to accept or ESC to cancel.
Up
Press
or
to scroll through the menus or to change the value
Down of a parameter.
--
Press any key to silence an audible alarm.
Table 3
Local Menu Navigation Keys
2.3.2 Local Display Menus
Refer to
“Chapter 3. Local Display Menus”.
Note: A valid password is required to access menus that allow changing any power system parameter.
Navigating the Menus
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press the up or down arrow keys to move the cursor up and down the list of sub-menus in the menu screen (selects the sub-menu), then press ENT to enter the selected sub-menu.
To Enter a Password:
If a password screen opens, a password must be entered to allow the User to make adjustments. To enter a password, with the cursor at the User Name field
(default is “Admin”), press the down arrow key to move cursor down to the password line. Press ENT.
“0” is highlighted. Press the up arrow key once to change the “0” to”1” (default password is “1”), then press ENT twice. (Note: If you have been assigned a unique
User Name and password, follow this procedure to enter these.)
To Change a Parameter:
Press the up or down arrow keys to move the cursor up and down the list of parameters in the menu screen (selects the parameter to change), then press ENT to change the selected parameter. The parameter field highlights. Press the up or down arrow keys to change the parameter value. Press ENT to confirm the change.
18 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.4 WEB Interface Access
Note: The ACU+ supports a 10/100M Ethernet connection.
2.4.1 Overview
Via the WEB Interface, a User (with proper access level) can:
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
View real-time operating information (rectifiers, converters, AC, DC, Batteries, etc.).
View and download information recorded in logs.
Send control commands.
Set programmable parameters.
Download and upload configuration files.
Download firmware to the Controller.
2.4.2 Setting IP Communications Parameters
The Controller’s IP parameters (IP, subnet mask, and gateway addresses) must be set to match your company’s network settings. The default settings for these parameters are shown below.
IP Address: 192.168.1.2
Subnet Mask Address: 255.255.255.0
Gateway Address: 192.168.1.1
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Communication / enter parameters.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Network Configuration / enter parameters.
2.4.3 WEB Interface Menus
Refer to
“Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus”.
2.4.4 Connecting the Controller Locally (via the Ethernet Port)
Before connecting your computer directly to the Controller’s Ethernet Port, record your current network settings as outlined below, then change these settings to match the communications settings programmed into the Controller.
Procedure
1)
Record your computer’s network settings by launching Control Panel in your computer. Navigate through Network Connections
Local Area Connection
Properties
Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP)
Properties.
2) Record whether the "Obtain an IP address automatically" or "Use the following IP address" button is selected. If "Use the following IP address" button is selected, also record the following:
IP Address:
Subnet Mask:
Default Gateway:
3)
Record your Controller’s network settings by navigating the Controller’s local display panel to Main
Menu
Settings
Communication.
4) Record the following information:
IP Address:
Subnet Mask:
Default Gateway:
Example:
IP Address: 192.168.1.2
Chapter 2. Operation 19
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
5)
Change your local computer’s network settings using the information you acquired in Step 4), except that the last part of the IP address needs to be replaced with any different number.
IP Address:
Subnet Mask:
Default Gateway:
Example:
IP Address: 192.168.1.3
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway: 192.168.1.1
6) Select OK. Note that you may have to reboot your local computer for the settings to take effect.
Follow any instruction you see on the screen.
2.4.5 Disabling Proxy Server Settings to Enable a Connection to the Controller over an Intranet Network (if required)
Note: This procedure needs to be performed only when the Controller is connected to an Intranet and the
User
’s computer is set to access the Intranet through a proxy server. Note that if the Controller is connected to the Internet and the User’s computer is connected to an Intranet, the User may not be able to disable the proxy server and access the Controller.
If the Controller’s Ethernet Port is connected to your company’s Intranet Network and your computer is also connected to the Intranet Network but requires access via a proxy server, you must disable the proxy server settings to access the Controller. Follow the procedure below to disable the proxy server settings.
Procedure
1)
Launch “Internet Explorer”.
2) Select Internet Options from the Tools menu. The “Internet Options” window opens. In the
“Internet Options” window, select the Connections Tab.
3) Click on the LAN Settings... button. The following window opens. In the LAN Settings window, uncheck the Proxy Server box and click OK.
20 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
2.4.6 Logging into the Controller
Procedure
1) Internet Explorer, version 5.5 or newer, is required. It is best to view the WEB Interface at
1280 x 1024 resolution. In newer versions of Internet Explorer, you may need to turn Compatibility
View On (Tools Menu / Compatibility View).
2) In Internet Explorer, enter the IP address programmed into the Controller and press ENTER. The following WEB Interface window opens. Enter a valid User Name and Password then click LOGIN.
Note:
By default, the “User Name” is "admin" and the “Password” is “1”.
3) After entering a valid User Name and Password and clicking LOGIN, the "HOMEPAGE" window opens. Refer to
“Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus”.
Chapter 2. Operation 21
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.5 Common Tasks Performed via the Local Keypad and/or Web Interface
Refer also to
“Chapter 3. Local Display Menus” and “Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus”.
2.5.1 Backing Up the Configuration
A file named
“SettingParam.run” is automatically created/appended by the Controller whenever a User makes changes to any parameter settings via the LCD or WEB interface. This file can be saved to your computer so you can restore any custom settings you may have made.
Prior to changing sett ings, ensure the current “SettingParam.run” file is backed up. After making changes, create a new backup file. Note that you may change the name of a
“SettingParam.run” file to differentiate it from other files saved. The new name can use alpha and numeric characters preceding the original
“SettingParam.run” name (the end of the new file name must always be “SettingParam.run”; for example, an acceptable filename would be
“seville4SettingParam.run”).
Local Menu Navigation: none.
WEB Menu Navigation: See also
“4.7.9. Retrieve ‘SettingParam.run’ File Sub-Menu”.
1) Log onto the Controller using the WEB Interface.
2)
Click on “Retrieve SettingParam.run” in the MAINTENANCE MENU.
3)
Click on the “Retrieve File” button to save the file named "SettingParam.run" to you hard drive.
Note: Ensure Internet Explorer security settings are set to enable a file to be downloaded.
4) Select where you want the file to be copied to on your computer.
2.5.2 Reloading a Backed-Up Configuration
” for a procedure to save the “SettingParam.run” file.
Local Menu Navigation: none.
WEB Menu Navigation: See also
1) Log onto the Controller using the WEB Interface.
2)
Click on “Download” in the MAINTENANCE MENU.
3) The "Stop
Controller" window opens. Click on the “Stop Controller” button.
4) A Download window opens.
Warning: Never navigate from this web page without first clicking on "Start Controller". If you do, you will not have web access. A manual system reset is required to restore web access.
5) C lick the “Browse….” button and navigate to the folder where the file is located. Select the file and then click the “Download” button. Click “Start Controller” to restart the Controller with the downloaded file installed.
2.5.3 Reloading the Configuration File Stored in the ACU+ Controller
Note:
When this procedure is performed, the “SettingParam.run” file (see 2.5.1) is deleted.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Reload Config.
The only selection for "Reload Config" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the configuration file stored in the ACU+ Controller is reloaded into memory. All settings WILL BE restored to the factory defaults of the configuration file.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance /
Restore Factory Defaults / select “Restore Defaults”.
22 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
2.5.4 Downloading a Configuration or an Application ("All") Package into the ACU+
Controller
The name of the Configuration or Application "All" Package file must end in .tar or .tar.gz. An Application
“All” package file has both the application (software) and configuration files and is usually supplied for an application upgrade.
Local Menu Navigation: A User can copy a Configuration or an Application ("All") Package from your computer to a USB memory device. You can then place the USB memory device into the ACU+ USB port and then download the file into the ACU+ Controller.
To Download a Configuration Locally:
1) Copy the file to a USB memory device. The file must be in the root directory of the USB memory device. The file must be named app_cfg.tar or app_cfg.tar.gz.
2) Connect the USB memory device to the USB port on the front of the Controller.
3) Navigate to Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Download Config.
4) The only selection for "Download Config" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the configurat ion file located on the memory device located in the Controller’s USB port is loaded into the Controller.
5) After the file is downloaded, remove the memory device from the Controller
’s USB port.
6) Return to the Main Screen, then reboot the Controller (press ENT and ESC at the same time).
7) The screen displays "System Is Rebooting" then "App Exited".
8) The Controller enters an initialization routine, which takes a few minutes. The routine is complete and the Controller is operational when normal system voltage is displayed on the screen.
To Download an Application ("All") Package Locally:
1) Copy the file to a USB memory device. The file must be in the root directory of the USB memory device. The file must be named app.tar.gz.
2) Connect the USB memory device to the USB port on the front of the Controller.
3) With the Controller displaying the Main Screen, reboot the Controller (press ENT and ESC at the same time).
4) The screen displays "Acknowledge Info. Reboot System."
5) Press ENT to confirm.
6) The screen displays
…
"System Is Rebooting"
"App Exited" then the Emerson Network Power logo appears followed by…
“Press the key ENT to Download the Application."
7) Press ENT.
8) The screen displays "Please Wait".
9) The Controller enters an initialization routine, which takes a few minutes. The routine is complete and the Controller is operational when normal system voltage is displayed on the screen.
10) Remove the memory device.
WEB Menu Navigation: See also
1) Log onto the Controller using the WEB Interface.
2)
Click on “Download” in the MAINTENANCE MENU.
Chapter 2. Operation 23
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
3) The "Stop
Controller" window opens. Click on the “Stop Controller” button.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4) A Download window opens.
Warning: Never navigate from this web page without first clicking on "Start Controller". If you do, you will not have web access. A manual system reset is required to restore web access.
5) C lick the “Browse….” button and navigate to the folder where the file is located. Select the file and then click the “Download” button. Click “Start Controller” to restart the Controller with the downloaded file installed.
2.5.5 Rebooting the Controller
Local Menu Navigation: Press ENT and ESC at the same time to reset the ACU+ Controller.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Restore Factory Defaults / select “Reboot Controller”.
2.5.6 Changing the Local LCD Display Contrast
Local Menu Navigation: Press ENT and UP ARROW or ENT and DOWN ARROW while in the Main
Screen to change the contrast of the LCD display.
WEB Menu Navigation: none.
2.5.7 Disabling the Local Keypad Sound
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Keypad Voice.
To disable the keypad sound, set "Keypad Voice" to "Off".
WEB Menu Navigation: none.
2.5.8 Changing the Date
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Date.
After selecting Date (by pressing ENT when the cursor is in the Date field), use and to select the year then press ENT, next use and to select the month then press ENT, and finally use and to select the day then press ENT.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Time Sync.
2.5.9 Changing the Time
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Time.
After selecting Time (by pressing ENT when the cursor is in the Time field), use and to select the hour then press ENT, next use and to select the minute then press ENT, and finally use and to select the second then press ENT.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Time Sync.
2.5.10 Adding, Deleting, and Modifying Users
Local Menu Navigation: none.
WEB Menu Navigation: Refer to
“4.7.5 User Information Settings Sub-Menu”.
2.5.11 Assigning Severity Level to Alarms
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alm Severity.
WEB Menu Navigation: Configuration / Signal Information Modification / select entry from “Query Device
Type” list / select “Alarm Signal” from “Signal Type” list / select entry from “New Level” list / press “Set”.
24 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.5.12 Assigning Relays to Alarms
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Relay.
WEB Menu Navigation: Configuration / Alarm Relays / select entry from
“Standard Equipment” list / select entry from
“New Relay Number” list / press “Modify”.
2.5.13 Changing the Names of Items Displayed in the LCD and Web-Interface Menus
Note: Only relay names and digital input names are recommended to be changed for troubleshooting purposes.
Local Menu Navigation: none.
WEB Menu Navigation: Configuration / Equipment Information Modification.
Configuration / Signal Information Modification.
2.5.14 Viewing Alarms
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Status / Active Alarms.
WEB Menu Navigation: Active alarms are listed in the lower right window pane. If the window pane is collapsed, click the "arrow" icon to expand the alarm list.
2.5.15 Clearing Rectifier Lost, Rectifier Communication Fail, Converter Lost, Converter
Communication Fail, and All Converter Comm Fail Alarms
Navigate to the menus to clear the respective alarm as indicated below.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Rectifier / All Rect Ctrl.
Main Menu / Manual / Converter / All Conv Ctrl.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Rectifier Group / Control Tab.
Device Information / Converter Group / Control Tab.
2.5.16 Clearing SMTemp Lost and SMTemp Probe Alarms
Navigate to the menus to clear the respective alarm as indicated below.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / SMTemp / SMTemp Group.
Main Menu / Manual / SMTemp / SMTemp #.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / SM Temp Group / Control Tab.
Device Information / SM Temp Group / SM Temp # / Control Tab.
2.5.17 Clearing Battery Alarms
Navigate to the menus to clear the respective alarm as indicated below.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Batt Group.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Control Tab.
2.5.18 Clearing Logs
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Param / Clr Alm Hist.
The only selection for "Clr Alm Hist" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm history log is cleared.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Clear Data.
Select which log to clear (“Alarm History”, “Data History”, “Control Command Log”, “Battery Test Log”,
“System Runtime Log”, or “Diesel Test Log”). Select “Clear”.
Chapter 2. Operation 25
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
2.5.19 Clearing the Maintenance Alarm
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
A maintenance time can be set which, once expires, issues a maintenance alarm. When the maintenance alarm is issued, perform the routine maintenance and reset the maintenance timer. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the Maintenance Alarm, clear the Maintenance Run Time.
Local Menu Navigation: Place Controller in Manual Mode, then Main Menu / Manual / Power System /
Clr MtncRunTime.
The only selection for "Clr MtncRunTime" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the maintenance timer is reset and the maintenance alarm is cleared.
Place Controller back to Auto mode.
WEB Menu Navigation: Quick Settings
/ “Auto/Manual” Setting / change to Manual. then
Device Information / Power System / select the Control Tab and clear the maintenance timer. then
Quick Settings
/ “Auto/Manual” Setting / change to Auto.
2.5.20 Viewing the ACU+ Controller’s Device Inventory
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Status / Sys Inventory.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / System Inventory.
2.5.21 Updating the ACU+ Controller’s Device Inventory
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller / Auto Config.
The only selection for "Auto Config" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the ACU+ Controller will auto-configure for the devices connected to it.
WEB Menu Navigation: Configuration / Auto Configuration.
2.5.22 Programming the Audible Alarm Feature
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Param / Alarm Voice.
Set "Alarm Voice" to:
On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. Press any key to silence the audible alarm.
Off: Disables the audible alarm.
3 minutes / 10 minutes / 1 hour / 4 hours: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds.
The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.
WEB Menu Navigation: none.
2.5.23 Blocking Alarms
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Param / Block Alarm. or
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / Alarm Blocked.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / Outgoing Alarms Blocked.
Set to:
Normal: Alarms are processed normally.
Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.
26 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.5.24 Configuring the ACU+ Identification of Rectifiers and
Assigning which Input Phase is Connected to the Rectifiers
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
When rectifiers are all installed prior to applying power and starting the system, the order in which the
ACU+ identifies the rectifiers is by serial number (lowest serial number is Rect 1, next lowest is Rect 2, etc.). If you prefer the ACU+ to identify the rectifiers by position in the system, perform the following procedure.
Upon power up, the ACU+ arbitrarily assigns Phase A, B, or C to each rectifier. This assignment is used to display rectifier AC input phase voltage(s). The User may reassign the phase to each rectifier per your specific installation by following the procedure below.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Rectifier / Rect #1 / Rectifier ID and Rect Phase.
(repeat for every rectifier) then
Main Menu / Manual / Rectifier / All Rect Ctrl / Confirm ID/PH.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Rectifier Group / Rectifier #1 / Settings Tab / Rectifier ID and Rectifier Phase.
(repeat for every rectifier) then
Device Information / Rectifier Group / Control Tab / Confirm Rectifier
“ID/Phase”.
Local Procedure
1) With the Main screen displayed, press ENT to go to the Main Menu. Navigate to and select
“Settings” (ENT).
2) If a password screen opens, a password must be entered to allow the User to make adjustments. If a password was previously entered and has not yet timed out, skip this step and proceed to step 3).
Otherwise, to enter a password, with the cursor at the User Name field
(default is “Admin”), press the down arrow key to move cursor down to the password line. Press ENT
. “0” is highlighted.
Press the up arrow key once to change the “0” to”1” (default password is “1”), then press ENT twice.
(Note: If you have been assigned a unique User Name and password, follow this procedure to
enter these.)
3) With the Settings menu screen displayed, navigate to and select
“Rectifier” (ENT).
4) Navigate to
“Rect #” (# is used here to represent the rectifier identification number). Press ENT.
The rectifier # menu screen is displayed, and the green LED on one rectifier starts flashing. This is the rectifier currently identified by the ACU+ as rectifier #. (If this is not the rectifier you want, press
ESC to return to rectifier menu screen and select a different rectifier.)
5) If you wish to change the Rectifier IDs, n avigate to and select “Rectifier ID”. Press ENT. Use the up or down keys to change the ACU+ identification number for the flashing rectifier. Press ENT.
6) If you wish to change the Rectifier Phase Assignment, n avigate to and select “Rect Phase”. Press
ENT. Use the up or down keys to change the phase connected to the flashing rectifier. Press ENT.
7) Press ESC to return to rectifier menu screen.
8) Navigate to and select the next rectifier.
9) Repeat steps 4) through 8) for each of the remaining rectifiers in the system.
10) When you have finished selecting identification numbers and phases for all rectifiers, repeatedly press ESC to return to the Main Menu.
11) Navigate to and select
“Manual” (ENT) / “Rectifier” (ENT) / “All Rect Ctrl” (ENT).
12) Navigate to “Confirm ID/PH”. Press ENT. “Yes” highlights.
Chapter 2. Operation 27
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
13) Press ENT to select the operation. Press ENT again to confirm.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Note: Check you numbering to be sure it is correct. If there were conflicts in your numbering, rectifiers with conflicts will be assigned the next available sequential number.
14) Return to the Main screen by repeatedly pressing ESC (escape).
2.5.25 Configuring the ACU+ Identification of Converters
When converters are all installed prior to applying power and starting the system, the order in which the
ACU+ identifies the converters is by serial number (lowest serial number is Conv 1, next lowest is Conv 2, etc.).
If you prefer the ACU+ to identify the converters by position in the system, perform the following procedure.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Converter / Conv #1 / Set Conv ID.
(repeat for every converter) then
Main Menu / Manual / Converter / All Conv Ctrl / Confirm ID.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Converter Group / Converter #1 / Settings Tab /
Set Converter ID.
(repeat for every converter) then
Device Information / Converter Group / Control Tab / Confirm Converters ID.
Local Procedure
1) With the Main screen displayed, press ENT to go to the Main Menu. Navigate to and select
“Settings” (ENT).
2) If a password screen opens, a password must be entered to allow the User to make adjustments. If a password was previously entered and has not yet timed out, skip this step and proceed to step 3).
Otherwise, to enter a password, with the cursor at the User Name field
(default is “Admin”), press the down arrow key to move cursor down to the password line. Press ENT
. “0” is highlighted.
Press the up arrow key once to change the “0” to”1” (default password is “1”), then press ENT twice.
(Note: If you have been assigned a unique User Name and password, follow this procedure to
enter these.)
3) With the Settings menu screen displayed, navigate to and select
“Converter” (ENT).
4) Navigate to
“Conv #” (# is used here to represent the converter identification number). Press ENT.
The converter # menu screen is displayed, and the green LED on one converter starts flashing.
This is the converter currently identified by the ACU+ as converter #. (If this is not the converter you want, press ESC to return to converter menu screen and select a different converter.)
5) Navigate to and select “Set Conv ID”. Press ENT. Use the up or down keys to change the ACU+ identification number for the flashing converter. Press ENT.
6) Press ESC to return to converter menu screen.
7) Navigate to and select the next converter.
8) Repeat steps 4) through 7) for each of the remaining converters in the system.
9) When you have finished selecting identification numbers for all converters, repeatedly press ESC to return to the Main Menu.
10) Navigate to and select
“Manual” (ENT) / “Converter” (ENT) / “All Conv Ctrl” (ENT).
11) Navigate to “Confirm ID”. Press ENT. “Yes” highlights.
12) Press ENT to select the operation. Press ENT again to confirm.
28 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Note: Check you numbering to be sure it is correct. If there where conflicts in your numbering, converters with conflicts will be assigned the next available sequential number.
13) Return to the Main screen by repeatedly pressing ESC (escape).
2.5.26 Viewing/Changing the Float Voltage Setting
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Charge / Float Voltage.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting
/ “FLT/EQ” Voltag / Float Voltage.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / Float Charge Voltage.
WEB Menu Navigation: Quick Settings /
“Float/Equalize” Charge Voltage.
2.5.27 Viewing/Changing the Equalize Voltage Setting
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Charge / EQ Voltage.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting
/ “FLT/EQ” Voltag / EQ Voltage.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / Equalize Charge Voltage.
WEB Menu Navigation: Quick Settings /
“Float/Equalize” Charge Voltage.
2.5.28 Setting Digital Inputs
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / DI[number] Alarm State.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / DI[number] Alarm State.
2.5.29 Setting Temperature Sensors
Temperature sensors may be connected to the…
Temp1 and Temp2 ports on an IB2 Interface Board,
Temp1 and Temp2 ports on an EIB Interface Board, and
Temp1 through Temp8 ports of up to eight (8) SM-Temp modules.
Each port (sensor) may be set as None, Battery, or Ambient.
A temperature sensor set as an ambient temperature sensor may also be set as the sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.
A temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor may also be set as the temperature compensation sensor (in addition, the temperature compensation sensor is the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage).
A temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor may also be set as the BTRM (Battery Thermal
Runaway Management) sensor (in addition, the BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the High
Temperature Disconnect [HTD] Feature.)
First, set each temperature sensor in the system to None, Battery, or Ambient.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / IB2 Temp#.
Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / EIB Temp#.
Main Menu / Settings / SMTemp / SMTemp # / T# Assign Equip.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / IB2 Temp #.
Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / EIB Temp #.
Device Information / SM Temp Group / SM Temp # / Settings Tab /
Temperature# Assign Equipment.
Chapter 2. Operation 29
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Note: Also set High2, High1, and Low temperature alarms for each temperature sensor (from the
Web Interface). Note that you cannot set high and low temperature alarms for individual temperature sensors from the Local Menus. High and low temperature alarm settings for the temperature sensors set as ambient are found in the Device Information / Power System /
Settings tab. High and low temperature alarm settings for the probes set as battery are found in the Device Information / Battery Group / Settings tab.
Second, if desired, set a temperature sensor set as an ambient temperature sensor as the sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage. Then set High2, High1, and Low ambient temperature alarms (from the same menu).
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / Amb Temp Sensor.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / Ambient Temp Sensor.
Third, if desired, set a temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor as the battery temperature compensation sensor. Then set High2, High1, and Low compensation temperature alarms (from the same menu).
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Temp Comp / TempComp Sensor.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / Temp Compensation
Probe Number.
Fourth, if desired, set a temperature sensor set as a battery temperature sensor as the BTRM sensor.
Then set High2 and High1 BTRM temperature alarms (from the same menu). If battery temperature exceeds the
“BTRM Temp High2” setting, system voltage is lowered to the BTRM voltage setting (set from the same menu). Note, you must first enable this feature (from the same menu).
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Basic / BTRM TempSensor.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / BTRM Temp Sensor.
2.5.30 Setting Battery Charge Temperature Compensation
The following need to be set for the Battery Charge Temperature Compensation feature.
See above for selecting the battery temperature compensation temperature sensor; or select maximum, average, or Average SMBRC.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Temp Comp.
Enter values for the following parameters: Temp CompCenter, Temp Comp Coeff, TempComp
Sensor, Comp Temp High2, Comp Temp High1, Comp Temp Low, Temp Comp Max V, Temp Comp
Clamp, and Temp Comp Min V (note that you have to enable Temp Comp Clamp to set the Temp
Comp Max V and Min V values).
WEB Menu Navigation: Quick Settings / Temp Compensation Setting.
Enter values for the following parameters: Temperature Compensation Center, Temp Comp
Coefficient (slope), Temp Compensation Probe Number, Comp Temp High2, Comp Temp High1,
Comp Temp Low, Temp Comp Voltage Clamp, Temp Comp Max Voltage, and Temp Comp Min
Voltage (note that you have to enable Temp Comp Clamp to set the Temp Comp Max V and Min V values).
2.5.31 Setting Auto Equalize
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Charge / Auto EQ / once enabled, additional parameters appear.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Charge / Cyc EQ / once enabled, additional parameters appear.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting
/ “FLT/EQ” Set.
30 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Also set “Maximum EQ Time” in same menu.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / Automatic Equalize.
Once Automatic Equalize is enabled, additional parameters appear.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Settings Tab / Cyclic Equalize.
Once Cyclic Equalize is enabled, additional parameters appear.
WEB Menu Navigation: Quick Settings /
“Float/Equalize” Settings / once Automatic Equalize and/or
Cyclic Equalize is enabled, additional parameters appear.
Also set “Maximum Equalize Charge Time” in same menu.
2.5.32 Setting Battery Parameters
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Battery # / enter parameters.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Battery # / select the Settings Tab and enter parameters.
2.5.33 Setting Battery Capacity Parameters
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Battery # / Rated Capacity.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group / Battery # / select the Settings Tab and enter the Battery Rating parameter.
2.5.34 Setting Battery Block and Battery Midpoint Monitoring (if equipped with an EIB
Assembly)
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / EIB / EIB 1 / enter the following parameters.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / EIB Group / EIB 1 / select the Settings Tab and enter the following parameters.
Parameters
Voltage Type
Blk V Diff(12V) or Blk V Diff(Mid)
Block In-Use
2.5.35 Setting IP Communications Parameters
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Communication / enter parameters.
WEB Menu Navigation: Maintenance / Network Configuration / enter parameters.
2.5.36 Setting External Shunts (connected to the EIB Assembly)
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / EIB / EIB1 / enter the following parameters.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / EIB Group / EIB 1 / select the Settings Tab and enter the following parameters.
Parameters
Shunt # Current
Shunt # Voltage
Num Batt Shunts
Num Load Shunts
2.5.37 Setting External Shunts (connected to the SM-DU+ Assembly)
Local Menu Navigation: none.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / SMDUP Group / SMDUP 1 / select the Settings Tab and enter the following parameters.
Chapter 2. Operation 31
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Parameters
Current1 Break Value (A) (Device rating.)
Current1 High Current Limit (% of Current# Break Value.)
Current1 Very High Current Limit (% of Current# Break Value.)
Shunt # Current (Rating of Shunt.)
Shunt # Voltage (Rating of Shunt.)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.5.38 Setting the Load Current Alarm
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / Load Curr Alarm.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / Load Current Alarm.
Enter a value (in AMPS). If load current exceeds this value, a load current alarm is issued.
2.5.39 Placing the System in Float or Equalize Charge Mode
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Batt Group
/ “EQ/FLT Control”.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Battery Group /
Control Tab / “Equalize/Float” Charge
Control.
2.5.40 Manually Forcing Relays
See also “2.5.42 Using the Relay Test Feature”.
Place Controller in Manual Mode, then...
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Power System / Relay Output [number].
Main Menu / Manual / EIB / EIB1 / Relay Output [number].
Select the other state for an alarm relay (active / not active).
After confirming the change, the alarm relay will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The alarm relay then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Control Tab.
Device Information / EIB Group / EIB1 / Control Tab.
The Control Tab allows you to change the state of an alarm relay.
In the "Set value" box, select the other state for an alarm relay (active / not active).
Click on "set".
After confirming the change, the alarm relay will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The alarm relay then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
2.5.41 Manually Forcing LVDs
Place Controller in Manual Mode, then...
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / LVD / LVD Unit.
Select the other state for an LVD (connected/disconnected).
After confirming the change, the LVD will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The LVD then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / LVD Group / LVD Unit / select the Control Tab.
The Control Tab allows you to change the state of an LVD.
In the "Set value" box, select the other state for an LVD (connected/disconnected).
Click on "set".
32 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
After confirming the change, the LVD will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The LVD then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
2.5.42 Using the Relay Test Feature
Note: The relay test can only be performed when no alarms are present.
Automatic Test
When placed in Relay Automatic Test Mode, all relays on the IB2 board deenergize (when set for Fail
Safe), then one-by-one each relay energizes for the time period selected and then deenergizes. If the system is equipped with an EIB board, after the IB2 relays are tested, one-by-one each relay on the EIB board deenergizes for the time period selected and then re-energizes. At the end of the test, all relays are returned to their normal state (if no alarms are present).
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / set the Relay Test Time. then
Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / Relay Test / set to Automatic.
Note: The relay test can be exited at any time by setting the Relay Test to Disabled.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / set the Relay Test Time. then
Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / Relay Test /
set to Automatic.
Note: The relay test can be exited at any time by setting the Relay Test to Disabled.
Individual Test
When placed in Relay Individual Test Mode, relays can be tested individually. This is the same procedure
as “2.5.40 Manually Forcing Relays” except you do not place the Controller in Manual Mode.
Local Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General / Relay Test / set to Individual. then
Main Menu / Manual / Power System / Relay Output [number]
(individually you can set the state of the relays on the IB2 Board).
Main Menu / Manual / EIB / EIB1 / Relay Output [number]
(individually you can set the state of the relays on the EIB Board).
Select the other state for an alarm relay (active / not active).
After confirming the change, the alarm relay will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The alarm relay then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
When done, set
“Relay Test” to “Disabled”. Note that if there is no User interaction for 10 minutes, the
Relay Test will automatically revert to the “disabled” state.
WEB Menu Navigation: Device Information / Power System / Settings Tab / Relay Test /
set to Individual. then
Device Information / Power System / Control Tab.
(individually you can set the state of the relays on the IB2 Board).
Device Information / EIB Group / EIB 1 / Control Tab
(individually you can set the state of the relays on the EIB Board).
The Control Tab allows you to change the state of an alarm relay.
In the "Set value" box, select the other state for an alarm relay (active / not active).
Click on "set".
After confirming the change, the alarm relay will momentarily toggle to the chosen state. The alarm relay then reverts back to being controlled by the ACU+.
Chapter 2. Operation 33
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
When done, set “Relay Test” to “Disabled”.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.5.43 Spec. No. 588820300 Battery Rack System (Lithium Ion Battery Configuration)
When the ACU+ is equipped with the Lithium Ion Battery Configuration for use with Spec. No. 588820300
NetSure
™ Battery Rack System, the only required settings for battery functions is the float voltage and
ABCL (Active Battery Charge Current Limit) point.
Note: The maximum value that the ABCL point can be adjusted to is 60A, which is below the maximum current the battery can handle.
The batteries communicate their status and alarms to the ACU+. The ACU+ displays these via the LCD and WEB interfaces.
Batteries are added to the ACU+ inventory as they are detected. If a battery communications cable is removed, a Li-Ion Battery Communication Fail alarm is generated. If the controller resets while a Li-Ion
Battery Communication Fail alarm is active, the alarm changes to a Li-Ion Battery Lost alarm. If you clear any of these alarms, that battery is removed from the ACU+ inventory.
34 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.6 Available Alarms
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4 lists the alarms that you can scroll through in the Alarm Severity and Alarm Relay submenus.
These are also the possible alarms that display in the Active Alarms sub-menu. Table 4 also provides
guidelines for alarm correction.
Note: These instructions describe the complete functionality of the ACU+. Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the ACU+. Some alarms listed may not display in your system or may be named differently. Refer to the ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system.
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Power System Alarms
(Power System)
Supervision Unit Fault
(SelfDetect Fail)
CAN Communication Failure
(CAN Comm Fail)
Alarm Description
Controller self detection test fails.
CAN bus communications failure.
Outgoing Alarms Blocked
(Alarm Blocked)
Alarm relays are forced in the "off" state and alarms are blocked from changing the relay state.
Maintenance Time Limit
Alarm
(Mtnc Time Alarm)
“Config Error
(Backup
Config)”
(Config Error 1)
“Config Error
(Default Config)”
(Config Error 2)
Imbalance System Current
(Imbalance Curr)
Over Load
(Over Load)
SPD
(SPD)
EStop/EShutdown
(EStop/EShutdown)
Controller issues a maintenance alarm.
Configuration error 1.
Configuration error 2.
Current sharing imbalance.
Output overload condition.
Surge protection device needs attention.
System in emergency stop or emergency shutdown mode.
Action to Correct
Replace the Controller.
Check communications cables.
Verify why Controller setting was changed before changing back.
Perform routine maintenance and reset maintenance timer.
Reload configuration file.
Check to see why current sharing is imbalanced.
Check to see why output is overloaded.
Check surge protection device.
Check to see why the system was placed in this mode.
Chapter 2. Operation 35
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
System Temp1 Not Used
(System T1 Not U)
System Temp2 Not Used
(System T2 Not U)
System Temp3 Not Used
(System T3 Not U)
IB2 Temp1 Not Used
(IB2 T1 Not Used)
IB2 Temp2 Not Used
(IB2 T2 Not Used)
EIB Temp1 Not Used
(EIB T1 Not Used)
EIB Temp2 Not Used
(EIB T2 Not Used)
System Temp1
Sensor Fault
(System T1 Senso)
System Temp2
Sensor Fault
(System T2 Senso)
System Temp3
Sensor Fault
(System T3 Senso)
IB2 Temp1 Sensor Fault
(IB2 T1 Sensor F)
IB2 Temp2 Sensor Fault
(IB2 T2 Sensor F)
EIB Temp1 Sensor Fault
(EIB T1 Sensor F)
EIB Temp2 Sensor Fault
(EIB T2 Sensor F)
DHCP Failure
(DHCP Failure)
PLC Config Error
(PLC Config Err)
Alarm Description
Temperature sensor port #1 is not used.
Temperature sensor port #2 is not used.
Temperature sensor port #3 is not used.
Temperature sensor port #1 (on IB2
Board) is empty.
Temperature sensor port #2 (on IB2
Board) is empty.
Temperature sensor port #1 (on EIB
Board) is empty.
Temperature sensor port #2 (on EIB
Board) is empty.
Temperature sensor #1 failure.
Temperature sensor #2 failure.
Temperature sensor #3 failure.
(Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
--
--
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
(Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 Board) failure.
Replace temperature sensor.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 Board) failure.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB Board) failure.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB Board) failure.
Replace temperature sensor.
The DHCP function is enabled, but effective IP address cannot be acquired.
Verify DHCP IP address.
PLC configuration error. Re-enter the PLC logic functions.
36 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
485 Communication Failure
(485 Comm Fail)
Alarm Description
485 communications failure.
Minor Summary
(MN Summary)
Major Summary
(MJ Summary)
Critical Summary
(CR Summary)
Rectifier Group Lost
(Rect Group Lost)
Over Voltage 1
(Over Voltage 1)
Over Voltage 2
(Over Voltage 2)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
Minor alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as minor is active).
Check additional alarms.
Major alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as major is active).
Check additional alarms.
Critical alarm summary (one or more alarms designated as critical is active).
Check additional alarms.
A rectifier group cannot be detected by the Controller.
Check communications cables.
Check additional alarms.
Output voltage is higher than the Over
Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.
Check to see why system voltage is high. Check the alarm setting.
Output voltage is higher than the Over
Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.
Under Voltage 1
(Under Voltage 1)
Under Voltage 2
(Under Voltage 2)
Over Voltage 1 (24V)
(24V Over Volt1)
Over Voltage 2 (24V)
(24V Over Volt2)
Output voltage is lower than the Under
Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.
Output voltage is lower than the Under
Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.
Check to see why system voltage is low. If there is a mains failure, check if some load could be switched off in order to prolong the operating time of the plant. If the system load is too high related to rectifier capacity, install additional rectifiers. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when battery voltage has increased to the charging level.
Output voltage is higher than the Over
Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.
Check to see why system voltage is high. Check the alarm setting.
Output voltage is higher than the Over
Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.
Chapter 2. Operation 37
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Under Voltage 1 (24V)
(24V Under Volt1)
Under Voltage 2 (24V)
(24V Under Volt2)
Diesel Run Over Temp
(DG Run OverTemp)
DG1 is Running
(DG1 is Running)
DG2 is Running
(DG2 is Running)
Hybrid is High Load
(High Load)
DG1 Failure
(DG1 Failure)
DG2 Failure
(DG2 Failure)
Grid is on
(Grid is on)
Ambient Temp High 1
(Amb Temp High1)
Ambient Temp Low
(Amb Temp Low)
Ambient Temp High 2
(Amb Temp High2)
Ambient Sensor Fault
(AmbSensor Fault)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Alarm Description Action to Correct
Output voltage is lower than the Under
Voltage 1 Alarm threshold.
Output voltage is lower than the Under
Voltage 2 Alarm threshold.
Check to see why system voltage is low. If there is a mains failure, check if some load could be switched off in order to prolong the operating time of the plant. If the system load is too high related to rectifier capacity, install additional rectifiers. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when battery voltage has increased to the charging level.
Diesel generator run over temperature alarm.
Check diesel generator.
Diesel generator 1 is running. --
Diesel generator 2 is running. --
Diesel generator high load alarm.
Diesel generator 1 has failed.
Check load on diesel generator.
Check diesel generator.
Diesel generator 2 has failed. Check diesel generator.
AC is on grid. --
High diesel generator ambient temperature alarm1.
Low diesel generator ambient temperature alarm.
High diesel generator ambient temperature alarm2.
Diesel generator temperature sensor failure.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Replace temperature sensor.
38 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
DI1Alarm
(DI1 Alarm)
…
DI7Alarm
(DI7 Alarm)
DI8 ESTOP
(DI8 ESTOP)
IB Communication Fail
(IB Comm Fail)
Relay Testing
(Relay Testing)
Testing Relay 1
(Testing Relay 1)
…
Testing Relay 8
(Testing Relay 8)
…
Alarm Description
Digital input #1 alarm is active.
Digital input #7 alarm is active.
Digital input #8 alarm is active.
ACU+ Interface Board communications failure.
Relay Test in progress.
Testing Relay 1 (on IB2 Board).
…
Testing Relay 8 (on IB2 Board).
System Temp1 High 2
(System T1 Hi2)
System Temp1 High 1
(System T1 Hi1)
System Temp1 Low
(System T1 Low)
System Temp2 High 2
(System T2 Hi2)
System Temp2 High 1
(System T2 Hi1)
System Temp2 Low
(System T2 Low)
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Check communications cables.
--
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Check why alarm is active.
--
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Chapter 2. Operation 39
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
System Temp3 High 2
(System T3 Hi2)
System Temp3 High 1
(System T3 Hi1)
System Temp3 Low
(System 31 Low)
IB2 Temp1 High 2
(IB2 T1 Hi2)
IB2 Temp1 High 1
(IB2 T1 Hi1)
IB2 Temp1 Low
(IB2 T1 Low)
IB2 Temp2 High 2
(IB2 T2 Hi2)
IB2 Temp2 High 1
(IB2 T2 Hi1)
IB2 Temp2 Low
(IB2 T2 Low)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
40 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
EIB Temp1 High 2
(EIB T1 Hi2)
EIB Temp1 High 1
(EIB T1 Hi1)
EIB Temp1 Low
(EIB T1 Low)
EIB Temp2 High 2
(EIB T2 Hi2)
EIB Temp2 High 1
(EIB T2 Hi1)
EIB Temp2 Low
(EIB T2 Low)
SMTemp1 Temp1 High 2
(SMTemp1 T1 Hi2)
SMTemp1 Temp1 High 1
(SMTemp1 T1 Hi1)
SMTemp1 Temp1 Low
(SMTemp1 T1 Low)
…
Alarm Description
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
Chapter 2. Operation 41
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
SMTemp1 Temp8 High 2
(SMTemp1 T8 Hi2)
SMTemp1 Temp8 High 1
(SMTemp1 T8 Hi1)
SMTemp1 Temp8 Low
(SMTemp1 T8 Low)
…
SMTemp8 Temp1 High 2
(SMTemp8 T1 Hi2)
SMTemp8 Temp1 High 1
(SMTemp8 T1 Hi1)
SMTemp8 Temp1 Low
(SMTemp8 T1 Low)
…
SMTemp8 Temp8 High 2
(SMTemp8 T8 Hi2)
SMTemp8 Temp8 High 1
(SMTemp8 T8 Hi1)
SMTemp8 Temp8 Low
(SMTemp8 T8 Low)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Alarm Description Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Ambient) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
42 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
High Load Level1
(HighLoadLevel1)
Alarm Description
Load current above high level 1.
High Load Level2
(HighLoadLevel2)
Load Current Alarm
(Load Curr Alarm)
Rectifier Group Alarms
(Rect Group)
Multiple Rectifiers Failure
(Multi-Rect Fail)
Rectifier Lost
(Rectifier Lost)
ECO Active
(ECO Active)
All Rectifiers Comm Fail
(AllRectCommFail)
ECO Cycle Alarm
(ECO Cycle Alarm)
Load current above high level 2.
Load current alarm active.
More than one rectifier has failed.
A rectifier cannot be detected by the
Controller.
Check to see why load current alarm is active.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Check to see why load current is high.
Check input voltage to rectifiers.
Replace rectifiers.
Reset the Rectifier Lost alarm.
Replace defective rectifier.
Rectifier Energy Optimization Mode is enabled.
Check to see why system was placed into this mode.
No response from all rectifiers.
Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the Controller.
If Energy Optimization Mode is enabled and the Controller oscillates in and out of Energy Optimization more than 5 times, this alarm is generated.
Check for other alarms.
Reset this alarm.
Rectifier Alarms
(Rectifier)
AC Input Failure
(AC Failure)
Rect Temperature High
(Rect Temp High)
Rectifier Fault
(Rect Fault)
HVSD
(HVSD)
Rectifier Protected
(Rect Protected)
Fan Failure
(Fan Failure)
No AC input power to a rectifier.
A rectifier has a high temperature condition.
A rectifier has a fault condition.
A rectifier has an overvoltage condition.
A rectifier is in protected mode.
A rectifier’s fan has failed.
Check why no AC input power available.
Check why temperature is high.
Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.
Replace fan.
Chapter 2. Operation 43
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Current Limit
(Current Limit)
Rectifier Communication Fail
(Rect Comm Fail)
Derated
(Derated)
Current Share Alarm
(Curr Share Alm)
AC Under Voltage Protection
(Low AC Protect)
Battery Group Alarms
(Battery Group)
Short Battery Test Running
(ShortBatTestRun)
Equalize for Test
(EQ for Test)
Manual Test
(Manual Test)
Planned Test
(Planned Test)
AC Fail Test
(AC Fail Test)
Manual Equalize
(Manual EQ)
Automatic Equalize
(Auto EQ)
Cyclic Equalize
(Cyclic EQ)
A rectifier is in current limit.
A rectifier has lost communications with the Controller.
Rectifier overload. The load is higher than rectifier capacity. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when the battery voltage has increased to the charging level. If the system load is higher than the rectifier capacity, the batteries will discharge. If this is the reason, install additional rectifiers. If one or more of the rectifiers are defective, replace the faulty rectifiers.
Check communications cables. Reset the Communication Fail alarm.
Replace the rectifier.
A rectifier is in output power derating mode.
A rectifier has a current sharing alarm.
Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.
A rectifier is in under voltage protection mode.
Battery is in short time test mode.
Battery is in equalize charge test mode.
Battery is in manual battery discharge test mode.
Battery is in planned battery test mode.
AC power has been switched off to the rectifiers to perform a battery discharge test.
Battery is in manual equalize charging mode.
Battery is in automatic equalize charging mode.
Battery is in cyclic equalize charging mode.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
44 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Master Equalize
(Master EQ)
Master Battery Test
(Master Bat Test)
Alarm Description
In slave mode, the slave unit starts equalize charging with the master unit.
In slave mode, the slave unit starts the test with the master unit.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
--
Discharge Current Imbalance
(Dsch Curr Imb)
Battery distribution current imbalance alarm.
The currents from two groups of batteries are not equal. Check the batteries.
Abnormal Battery Current
(Abnl Batt Curr)
Temperature Compensation
Active
(TempComp Active)
Battery Current
Limit Active
(Batt Curr Limit)
Bad Battery
(Bad Battery)
The equalize charging current exceeds the alarm setting.
Battery charge temperature compensation is active.
Battery is in current limit.
Battery test fails.
Check the alarm setting.
--
--
Check the batteries.
Battery Discharge
(Battery Disch)
Battery is discharging.
A battery test is active (the discharge test will stop automatically). There is a mains failure (check that it is not caused by open AC input circuit breaker). The system load is higher than rectifier capacity, causing the batteries to discharge (install additional rectifiers).
Battery Test Fail
(BatteryTestFail)
Battery test fails. Check the batteries.
Comp Temp High2
(Comp Temp High2)
Comp Temp High1
(Comp Temp High1)
Comp Temp Low
(Comp Temp Low)
Compensation Sensor Fault
(CompTempFail)
Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Compensation temperature sensor sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature Compensation temperature sensor failure.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Replace temperature sensor.
Chapter 2. Operation 45
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
System Temp1 High 2
(System T1 Hi2)
System Temp1 High 1
(System T1 Hi1)
System Temp1 Low
(System T1 Low)
System Temp2 High 2
(System T2 Hi2)
System Temp2 High 1
(System T2 Hi1)
System Temp2 Low
(System T2 Low)
System Temp3 High 2
(System T3 Hi2)
System Temp3 High 1
(System T3 Hi1)
System Temp3 Low
(System T3 Low)
IB2 Temp1 High 2
(IB2 T1 Hi2)
IB2 Temp1 High 1
(IB2 T1 Hi1)
IB2 Temp1 Low
(IB2 T1 Low)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Note: This alarm is not used at this time.)
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
46 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
IB2 Temp2 High 2
(IB2 T2 Hi2)
IB2 Temp2 High 1
(IB2 T2 Hi1)
IB2 Temp2 Low
(IB2 T2 Low)
EIB Temp1 High 2
(EIB T1 Hi2)
EIB Temp1 High 1
(EIB T1 Hi1)
EIB Temp1 Low
(EIB T1 Low)
EIB Temp2 High 2
(EIB T2 Hi2)
EIB Temp2 High 1
(EIB T2 Hi1)
EIB Temp2 Low
(EIB T2 Low)
Alarm Description
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
IB2 board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #2 (connected to
EIB board and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Chapter 2. Operation 47
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
SMTemp1 Temp1 High 2
(SMTemp1 T1 Hi2)
SMTemp1 Temp1 High 1
(SMTemp1 T1 Hi1)
SMTemp1 Temp1 Low
(SMTemp1 T1 Low)
…
SMTemp1 Temp8 High 2
(SMTemp1 T8 Hi2)
SMTemp1 Temp8 High 1
(SMTemp1 T8 Hi1)
SMTemp1 Temp8 Low
(SMTemp1 T8 Low)
…
SMTemp8 Temp1 High 2
(SMTemp8 T1 Hi2)
SMTemp8 Temp1 High 1
(SMTemp8 T1 Hi1)
SMTemp8 Temp1 Low
(SMTemp8 T1 Low)
…
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Alarm Description Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 1 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #1 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
… …
48 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
SMTemp8 Temp8 High 2
(SMTemp8 T8 Hi2)
SMTemp8 Temp8 High 1
(SMTemp8 T8 Hi1)
SMTemp8 Temp8 Low
(SMTemp8 T8 Low)
BTRM Temp High 2
(BTRM Temp High2)
BTRM Temp High 1
(BTRM Temp High1)
Alarm Description
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 2.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature higher than high temperature threshold 1.
Check why temperature is high or low.
Temperature sensor #8 (connected to
SM-Temp 8 and set as Battery) sensing temperature lower than low temperature threshold.
Battery temperature (monitored by the sensor set as BTRM) is higher than the BTRM Temperature Alarm 2 threshold.
Battery temperature (monitored by the sensor set as BTRM) is higher than the BTRM Temperature Alarm 1 threshold.
Check why temperature is high or low.
BTRM Sensor Fault
(BTRM TempFault)
Li-Ion Battery Lost
(LiBatt Lost)
1 Li-Ion Battery Disconnect
(1 LiBattDiscon)
2+Li-Ion Battery Disconnect
(2+LiBattDiscon)
1 Li-Ion Battery No Reply
(1 LiBattNoReply)
2+Li-Ion Battery No Reply
(2+LiBattNoReply)
Inventory Update In Process
(InventUpdating)
ABCL is active
(ABCL Active)
BTRM temperature sensor failure.
A Li-Ion Battery cannot be detected by the Controller.
One (1) Li-Ion Battery is disconnected.
Two (2) or more Li-Ion Batteries are disconnected.
Replace temperature sensor.
Check communications cables.
Clear the Li-Ion Battery Lost alarm.
Check why the Li-Ion Battery disconnected.
Check why the Li-Ion Batteries disconnected.
One (1) Li-Ion Battery has lost communications with the Controller.
Two (2) or more Li-Ion Batteries have lost communications with the
Controller.
Check communications cables.
Clear the Li-Ion Communication Fail alarm.
Check communications cables.
Clear the Li-Ion Communication Fail alarm.
Li-Ion Battery inventory being updated.
Active Battery Charge Current Limit is active.
--
--
Chapter 2. Operation 49
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Battery Alarms
(Battery)
Battery Current Limit
Exceeded
(Ov Batt Cur Lmt)
Battery Over Current
(Batt Over Curr)
Alarm Description
Battery current limit point is exceeded.
Battery is in over current.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
--
--
Low Battery Capacity
(Low Batt Cap)
Battery has low capacity.
SMDU Battery Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(SMDU Battery)
Exceed Current Limit
(Exceed Curr Lmt)
Over Battery Current
(Over Current)
Battery current limit point is exceeded.
Battery is in over current.
Check the batteries.
--
--
Low Capacity
(Low Capacity)
Battery has low capacity. Check the batteries.
EIB (Extended Interface Board) Battery Alarms (EIB Board must be present in system)
(EIB Battery)
Battery Current Limit
Exceeded
(Ov Bat Curr Lmt)
Battery current limit point is exceeded. --
Battery Over Current
(Bat Over Curr)
Battery Low Capacity
(Low Batt Cap)
Battery is in over current.
Battery has low capacity.
SM Battery Alarms (SM-BAT Module must be present in system)
(SM Battery)
Exceed Batt Current Limit
(Over Curr Limit)
Battery is in over current.
Over Battery Current
(Over Batt Curr)
Battery Leakage
(Battery Leakage)
Low Acid Level
(Low Acid Level)
Battery current is high.
Battery has leakage current.
Battery has low acid level.
--
Check the batteries.
--
--
Check the batteries.
Check the batteries.
50 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Battery Disconnected
(Batt Disconnec)
Alarm Description
Battery disconnection is active.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
Battery High Temperature
(Batt High Temp)
Battery Low Temperature
(Batt Low Temp)
Cell Voltage Difference
(Cell Volt Diff)
SM Unit Fail
(SM Unit Fail)
Battery Temperature Sensor
Fault
(T Sensor Fault)
Battery Under Voltage
(Batt Under Volt)
Battery Over Current
(Batt Over Curr)
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Battery has high temperature condition.
Battery has low temperature condition.
Battery cell voltage difference detected.
Battery monitoring device has failed.
Battery has under voltage condition.
Battery has over current condition.
Battery monitoring device has lost communications with the Controller.
Check the batteries.
Replace device.
--
--
Battery temperature sensor has failed. Replace temperature sensor.
Low Capacity
(Low Capacity)
Battery Communication Fail
(Batt Comm Fail)
Battery has low capacity. Check the batteries.
Battery Temp not Used
(Bat Temp No Use)
No battery temperature sensor.
LargeDU Battery Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)
(LargeDU Batt)
Battery Current Limit
Exceeded
(Ov Batt Cur Lmt)
Battery monitoring device has lost communications with the Controller.
Battery current limit point is exceeded.
Check communications cables.
--
--
Battery Low Capacity
(Batt Low Cap)
Battery Fuse Failure
(Batt Fuse Fail)
Battery Over Voltage
(Batt Over Volt)
Battery has low capacity.
Battery fuse is open.
Battery has over voltage condition.
Check the batteries.
--
--
--
--
Check communications cables.
Chapter 2. Operation 51
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
SMBRC Battery Alarms (SM-BRC Module must be present in system)
(SMBRC Battery)
Cell Volt Low Alarm
(Volt Low Alm)
Cell Temp Low Alarm
(Temp Low Alm)
Cell Resist Low Alarm
(Resist Low Alm)
Cell Inter Low Alarm
(Inter Low Alm)
Cell Ambient Low Alarm
(Amb Low Alm)
Overall Voltage High
(Overall Volt Hi)
Overall Voltage Low
(Overall Volt Lo)
String Current High
(String Curr Hi)
String Current Low
(String Curr Lo)
Ripple Current High
(Ripple Curr Hi)
Ripple Current Low
(Ripple Curr Lo)
Exceed Current Limit
(Exceed Curr Lmt)
Over Battery Current
(Over Current)
Low Capacity
(Low Capacity)
Cell High Voltage Alarm
(Cell HiVolt Alm)
Cell High Cell Temperature
Alarm
(Cell HiTemp Alm)
Battery string low voltage alarm.
Battery string low temperature alarm.
Battery string low resistance alarm.
Battery string inter-cell low resistance alarm.
Battery string ambient low alarm.
Battery string high voltage alarm.
Battery string low voltage alarm.
Battery string high current alarm.
Battery string low current alarm.
Battery string ripple current high.
Battery string ripple current low.
Battery string current limit exceeded.
Battery string over current alarm.
Battery string low capacity alarm.
Battery cell high voltage alarm.
Battery cell high temperature alarm.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
52 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Cell High Resistance Alarm
(Cell HiRes Alm)
Alarm Description
Battery cell high resistance alarm.
Cell High Intercell Resist
Alarm
(Inter HiRes Alm)
Cell High Ambient
Temp Alarm
(Cell HiAmb Alm)
Temperature 1 Not Used
(Temp1 Not Used)
…
Temperature 24 Not Used
(Temp24 Not Used)
Battery Temperature Fault
(Batt Temp Fault)
Battery Current Fault
(Current Fault)
Battery Hardware Failure
(Hardware Fail)
Battery Over-Voltage
(Over-volt)
Battery Low-Voltage
(Low-volt)
Cell Volt Deviation
(CellVoltDeviat)
Low Cell Voltage
(Lo Cell Volt)
High Cell Voltage
(Hi Cell Volt)
High Cell Temperature
(Hi Cell Temp)
High Switch DisTemp
(HiSwitchDisTemp)
Charge Short Circuit
(Char ShortCirc)
Battery inter-cell high resistance alarm.
Battery cell high ambient temperature alarm.
Temperature sensor #1 not used.
…
Temperature sensor #24 not used.
Li-Ion battery internal temperature sensor has failed.
Li-Ion battery internal current monitoring circuit has failed.
Li-Ion battery hardware has failed.
Li-Ion battery has over voltage condition.
Li-Ion battery has low voltage condition.
Li-Ion battery cell voltage deviation detected.
Li-Ion battery has low cell voltage condition.
Li-Ion battery has high cell voltage condition.
Li-Ion battery has high cell temperature condition.
Li-Ion battery has high switch discharge temperature.
Li-Ion battery has charge short circuit condition.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
--
--
--
Replace the battery.
Replace the battery.
Replace the battery.
Check why battery voltage is high.
Check why battery voltage is low.
Check why cell voltage has deviated.
Check why cell voltage is low.
Check why cell voltage is high.
Check why temperature is high.
Check why temperature is high.
Replace the battery.
Chapter 2. Operation 53
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
DisChar Short Circuit
(DisCharShortCir)
High Switch CharTemp
(HiSwitchCharTem)
Hardware Fail 20
(HardwareFail20)
Hardware Fail 21
(HardwareFail21)
High Charge Current
(Hi Charge Curr)
High DisCharge Current
(Hi Dischar Curr)
Communication Interrupt
(Comm Interrupt)
Battery Disconnected
(Batt Disconnect)
Charge Enabled
(Charge Enable)
Battery Discharging
(Batt Discharge)
Battery Charging
(Batt Charge)
DisCharging
(DisCharging)
Charging(5A)
(Charging(5A))
DisCharging(5A)
(DisCharging(5A))
Battery Relay Status
(BattRelayStatus)
Alarm Description
Li-Ion battery has discharge short circuit condition.
Li-Ion battery has high switch charge temperature.
Li-Ion battery has hardware failure.
Li-Ion battery has hardware failure.
Replace the battery.
Replace the battery.
Replace the battery.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Check why temperature is high.
Li-Ion battery has high charge current. Check why charge current high.
Li-Ion battery has high discharge current.
Li-Ion battery communications have been interrupted.
Li-Ion battery is disconnected.
Li-Ion battery charge is enabled.
Li-Ion battery is discharging.
Li-Ion battery is charging.
Li-Ion battery is discharging.
Li-Ion battery is charging.
Li-Ion battery is discharging.
State of alarm relay.
Check why discharge current high.
Check why communications failure.
Check why battery disconnected.
--
--
--
--
--
--
If in alarm state, check battery.
54 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
OB Battery Fuse Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(OB Batt Fuse)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Fuse 1 Alarm
(Fuse 1 Alarm)
…
Fuse 4 Alarm
(Fuse 4 Alarm)
Fuse #1 is open.
…
Fuse #4 is open.
Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.
SMDU Battery Fuse Unit Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(SMDU Bat Fuse)
Batt Fuse 1 Alarm
(Batt Fuse 1 Alm)
…
Batt Fuse 4 Alarm
(Batt Fuse 4 Alm)
DC Distribution Alarms
(DC Distr)
Over Voltage 1
(Over Voltage 1)
Over Voltage 2
(Over Voltage 2)
Under Voltage 1
(Under Voltage 1)
Under Voltage 2
(Under Voltage 2)
Over Voltage 1 (24V)
(24V Over Volt1)
Battery fuse #1 is open.
…
Battery fuse #4 is open.
DC output is above over voltage 1 threshold.
DC output is above over voltage 2 threshold.
DC output is below under voltage 1 threshold.
DC output is below under voltage 2 threshold.
DC output is above over voltage 1 threshold.
Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.
Check to see why voltage is high.
Check to see why voltage is low.
Check to see why voltage is high.
Over Voltage 2 (24V)
(24V Over Volt2)
Under Voltage 1 (24V)
(24V Under Volt1)
Under Voltage 2 (24V)
(24V Under Volt2)
DC output is above over voltage 2 threshold.
DC output is below under voltage 1 threshold.
DC output is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Check to see why voltage is low.
Chapter 2. Operation 55
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
DC Fuse Unit Alarms
(DC Fuse Unit)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Fuse 1 Alarm
(Fuse 1 Alarm)
…
DC output fuse #1 is open.
…
Fuse 10 Alarm
(Fuse 10 Alarm)
DC output fuse #10 is open.
SMDU DC Fuse Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(SMDU DC Fuse)
Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.
Fuse 1 Alarm
(DC Fuse 1 Alm)
…
DC output fuse #1 is open.
…
Fuse 16 Alarm
(DC Fuse 16 Alm)
DC output fuse #16 is open.
SMDUP DC Fuse Alarms (SM-DU+ Module must be present in system)
(SMDUP DC Fuse)
Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.
Fuse 1 Alarm
(DC Fuse 1 Alm)
…
DC output fuse #1 is open.
…
Fuse 25 Alarm
(DC Fuse 25 Alm)
DC output fuse #25 is open.
LVD Unit Alarms (Low voltage disconnect must be present in system)
(LVD Unit)
Find out and eliminate the reason the fuse is open before replacing. Check for overload or short circuit. If the fuse was manually removed, check with the person that removed it before reinserting it.
LVD1 Disconnect
(LVD1 Disconnect)
LVD2 Disconnect
(LVD2 Disconnect)
LVD1 Failure
(LVD1 Failure)
LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode.
LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.
LVD1 contactor has failed.
LVD2 Failure
(LVD2 Failure)
LVD2 contactor has failed.
SMDU LVD Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(SMDU LVD)
--
--
Check the contactor functions.
Replace the contactor.
LVD 1 Disconnected
(LVD 1 Disconn)
LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode. --
56 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
LVD 2 Disconnected
(LVD 2 Disconn)
Alarm Description
LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
LVD 1 Contactor Failure
(LVD 1 Failure)
LVD 2 Contactor Failure
(LVD 2 Failure)
LVD1 contactor has failed.
LVD2 contactor has failed.
Check the contactor functions.
Replace the contactor.
LargeDU LVD Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)
(LargeDU LVD)
LVD1 Disconnected
(LVD1 Disconnect)
LVD2 Disconnected
(LVD2 Disconnect)
Rectifier AC Alarms
(Rectifier AC)
LVD1 contactor is in disconnect mode.
LVD2 contactor is in disconnect mode.
--
--
Line AB Over Voltage 1
(L-AB Over Volt1)
Line AB Over Voltage 2
(L-AB Over Volt2)
Line AB Under Voltage 1
(L-AB UnderVolt1)
Line AB Under Voltage 2
(L-AB UnderVolt2)
Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the High Line Voltage AB
Alarm threshold.
Voltage between Line A and Line B is higher than the Very High Line Voltage
AB Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Low Line Voltage AB
Alarm threshold.
Voltage between Line A and Line B is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage
AB Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Line BC Over Voltage 1
(L-BC Over Volt1)
Line BC Over Voltage 2
(L-BC Over Volt2)
Line BC Under Voltage 1
(L-BC UnderVolt1)
Line BC Under Voltage 2
(L-BC UnderVolt2)
Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the High Line Voltage BC
Alarm threshold.
Voltage between Line B and Line C is higher than the Very High Line Voltage
BC Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Low Line Voltage BC
Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Voltage between Line B and Line C is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage
BC Alarm threshold.
Chapter 2. Operation 57
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Line CA Over Voltage 1
(L-CA Over Volt1)
Line CA Over Voltage 2
(L-CA Over Volt2)
Line CA Under Voltage 1
(L-CA UnderVolt1)
Line CA Under Voltage 2
(L-CA UnderVolt2)
Phase A Over Voltage 1
(PH-A Over Volt1)
Phase A Over Voltage 2
(PH-A Over Volt2)
Phase A Under Voltage 1
(PH-A UnderVolt1)
Phase A Under Voltage 2
(PH-A UnderVolt2)
Phase B Over Voltage 1
(PH-B Over Volt1)
Phase B Over Voltage 2
(PH-B Over Volt2)
Phase B Under Voltage 1
(PH-B UnderVolt1)
Phase B Under Voltage 2
(PH-B UnderVolt2)
Phase C Over Voltage 1
(PH-C Over Volt1)
Phase C Over Voltage 2
(PH-C Over Volt2)
Phase C Under Voltage 1
(PH-C UnderVolt1)
Phase C Under Voltage 2
(PH-C UnderVolt2)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the High Line Voltage CA
Alarm threshold.
Voltage between Line C and Line A is higher than the Very High Line Voltage
CA Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Low Line Voltage CA
Alarm threshold.
Voltage between Line C and Line A is lower than the Very Low Line Voltage
CA Alarm threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase A voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase A voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Phase A voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Phase A voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase B voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Phase B voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase B voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase B voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Phase C voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase C voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Phase C voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Phase C voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
58 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Phase A Under Voltage 1
(PH-A UnderVolt1)
Phase A Under Voltage 2
(PH-A UnderVolt2)
Alarm Description
Phase A voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Phase A voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Action to Correct
Mains Failure
(Mains Failure)
OB AC Unit (OB-AC Module must be present in system)
(OBAC)
Phase A Over Voltage 1
(PH-A Over Volt1)
Phase A Over Voltage 2
(PH-A Over Volt2)
Commercial AC power failure.
Phase A voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Phase A voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Check why no commercial AC power.
Check why voltage is high.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase B Over Voltage 1
(PH-B Over Volt1)
Phase B Over Voltage 2
(PH-B Over Volt2)
Phase B Under Voltage 1
(PH-B UnderVolt1)
Phase B Under Voltage 2
(PH-B UnderVolt2)
Phase C Over Voltage 1
(PH-C Over Volt1)
Phase C Over Voltage 2
(PH-C Over Volt2)
Phase C Under Voltage 1
(PH-C UnderVolt1)
Phase C Under Voltage 2
(PH-C UnderVolt2)
Mains Failure
(Mains Failure)
Phase B voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase B voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Phase B voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Phase B voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase C voltage is above over voltage
1 threshold.
Phase C voltage is above over voltage
2 threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase C voltage is below under voltage 1 threshold.
Phase C voltage is below under voltage 2 threshold.
Commercial AC power failure.
Severe Mains Failure
(SevereMainsFail)
Mains Failure (Single)
(Mains Failure)
Commercial AC power voltage is too low.
Commercial AC power failure.
Severe Mains Failure (Single)
(SevereMainsFail)
Commercial AC power voltage is too low.
Check why voltage is low.
Check why no commercial AC power.
Check why voltage is low.
Check why no commercial AC power.
Check why voltage is low.
Chapter 2. Operation 59
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
SMAC Alarms (SM-AC Module must be present in system)
(SMAC)
Supervision Fail
(Supervise Fail)
High Line Voltage AB
(Hi LineVolt AB)
Very High Line Voltage AB
(VHi LineVolt AB)
Low Line Voltage AB
(Lo LineVolt AB)
Very Low Line Voltage AB
(VLo LineVolt AB)
High Line Voltage BC
(Hi LineVolt BC)
Very High Line Voltage BC
(VHi LineVolt BC)
Low Line Voltage BC
(Lo LineVolt BC)
Very Low Line Voltage BC
(VLo LineVolt BC)
High Line Voltage CA
(Hi LineVolt CA)
Very High Line Voltage CA
(VHi LineVolt CA)
Low Line Voltage CA
(Lo LineVolt CA)
Very Low Line Voltage CA
(VLo LineVolt CA)
High Phase Voltage A
(Hi PhaseVolt A)
Very High Phase Voltage A
(VHi PhaseVolt A)
Low Phase Voltage A
(Lo PhaseVolt A)
Very Low Phase Voltage A
(VLo PhaseVolt A)
AC monitoring device has failed.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
--
Voltage between Line A and Line B above high voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line A and Line B above very high voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line A and Line B below low voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line A and Line B below very low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Check why voltage is low.
Voltage between Line B and Line C above high voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line B and Line C above very high voltage threshold.
Phase A voltage is below low voltage threshold.
Phase A voltage is below very low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Voltage between Line B and Line C below low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Voltage between Line B and Line C below very low voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line C and Line A above high voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Voltage between Line C and Line A above very high voltage threshold.
Voltage between Line C and Line A below low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Voltage between Line C and Line A below very low voltage threshold.
Phase A voltage is above high voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase A voltage is above very high voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
60 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
High Phase Voltage B
(Hi PhaseVolt B)
Very High Phase Voltage B
(VHi PhaseVolt B)
Low Phase Voltage B
(Lo PhaseVolt B)
Very Low Phase Voltage B
(VLo PhaseVolt B)
High Phase Voltage C
(Hi PhaseVolt C)
Very High Phase Voltage C
(VHi PhaseVolt C)
Alarm Description
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
Phase B voltage is above high voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase B voltage is above very high voltage threshold.
Phase B voltage is below low voltage threshold.
Phase B voltage is below very low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Phase C voltage is above high voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is high.
Phase C voltage is above very high voltage threshold.
Phase C voltage is below low voltage threshold.
Phase C voltage is below very low voltage threshold.
Check why voltage is low.
Low Phase Voltage C
(Lo PhaseVolt C)
Very Low Phase Voltage C
(VLo PhaseVolt C)
Mains Failure
(Mains Failure)
Severe Mains Failure
(SevereMainsFail)
High Frequency
(High Frequency)
Low Frequency
(Low Frequency)
High Temperature
(High Temp)
Low Temperature
(Low Temperature)
Phase A High Current
(PH-A Hi Current)
Phase B High Current
(PH-B Hi Current)
Phase C High Current
(PH-C Hi Current)
Commercial AC power failure.
Commercial AC power voltage is too low.
Commercial AC power has high frequency.
Commercial AC power has low frequency.
AC input temperature sensor sensing high temperature condition.
AC input temperature sensor sensing low temperature condition.
High phase A current.
High phase B current.
High phase C current.
Check why no commercial AC power.
Check why voltage is low.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Chapter 2. Operation 61
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
IB (Interface Board) Alarms (IB board must be present in system)
(IB)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Digital Input 1 Alarm
(DI1 Alarm)
…
Digital Input 8 Alarm
(DI8 Alarm)
Testing Relay1
(Testing Relay1)
…
IB board has lost communications with the Controller.
Digital input #1 in alarm state.
…
Digital input #8 in alarm state.
Testing Relay 1 (on IB2 Board).
Check communications cables.
…
--
--
…
Testing Relay8
(Testing Relay8)
Testing Relay 8 (on IB2 Board).
EIB (Extended Interface Board) Alarms (EIB2 board must be present in system)
(EIB)
EIB Communication Fail
(EIB Comm Fail)
Bad Battery Block
(Bad Batt Block)
EIB board has lost communications with the Controller.
Battery block fails. Check batteries.
--
Check communications cables.
Testing Relay9
(Testing Relay9)
…
Testing Relay 9 (on EIB Board).
…
Testing Relay13
(Testing Relay13)
Testing Relay 13 (on EIB Board).
SMDU 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Alarms (SM-DU Module must be present in system)
(SMDU 1 [2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8])
Under Voltage
(Under Voltage)
Over Voltage
(Over Voltage)
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Distribution voltage is below under voltage threshold.
Distribution voltage is above over voltage threshold.
The SM-DU 1 has lost communications with the Controller.
--
Check to see why system voltage is low.
Check to see why system voltage is low.
Check communications cables.
62 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Current1 High Current
(Curr 1 Hi)
Alarm Description
Current 1 has high current.
Current1 Very High Current
(Curr 1 Very Hi)
…
…
Current5 High Current
(Curr 5 Hi)
Current5 Very High Current
(Curr 5 Very Hi)
Shunt1 Coefficient Conflict
(Shunt1 Conflict)
…
Shunt5 Coefficient Conflict
(Shunt5 Conflict)
Converter Group Alarms
(Converter Grp)
Multiple Converters Failure
(Multi-Conv Fail)
Converter Lost
(Converter Lost)
All Converters Comm Fail
(AllConvCommFail)
Over Current
(Over Current)
Converter Alarms
(Converter)
Current 1 has very high current.
…
…
Current 5 has high current.
Current 5 has very high current.
Shunt 1 coefficient conflicting.
…
Shunt 4 coefficient conflicting.
More than one converter has failed.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
A converter cannot be detected by the
Controller.
Reset the Converter Lost alarm.
Replace defective converter.
No response from all converters.
Over current condition exists.
Action to Correct
Check why current is high.
Verify shunt size.
Check input voltage to converters.
Replace converters.
Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the Controller.
Check why.
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
A converter has lost communications with the Controller.
Check communications cables. Reset the Communication Fail alarm.
Replace the converter.
Over Temperature
(Over Temp)
HVSD Alarm
(HVSD Alarm)
A converter has an over temperature condition.
A converter has an overvoltage condition.
Check why temperature is high.
Refer to Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.
Chapter 2. Operation 63
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Fan Failure
(Fan Failure)
A
Alarm Description
converter’s fan has failed.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
Replace fan.
Power Limit
(Power Limit)
Input Low Voltage
(Input Low Volt)
Converter Failure
(Converter Fail)
EEPROM Fail
(EEPROM Fail)
Thermal Shutdown
(Thermal SD)
Low Analog Input 5 Alarm
(Low AI 5 Alarm)
A converter is in temperature power limit.
Input voltage to a converter is low.
A converter has a fault condition.
A converter’s EEPROM has failed.
A converter is in thermal shutdown.
Input #5 below low alarm threshold.
Converter overload. The load is higher than converter capacity.
Refer to Converter User Manual for troubleshooting information.
Mod ID Overlap
(Mod ID Overlap)
Under Voltage
(Under Voltage)
Over Voltage
(Over Voltage)
Converter module ID’s overlap.
A converter has an under voltage condition.
A converter has an over voltage condition.
SMIO 1 Generic Unit 1 Alarms (SM-IO Module must be present in system)
(SMIO 1)
SMIO Failure
(SMIO Fail)
SMIO has failed.
SMIO Generic Unit 3 [4, 5, 6, 7, 8] Alarms (SM-IO Module must be present in system)
(SMIO Unit 3 [4, 5, 6, 7, 8])
High Analog Input 1 Alarm
(Hi AI 1 Alarm)
Input #1 above high alarm threshold.
Low Analog Input 1 Alarm
(Low AI 1 Alarm)
…
…
High Analog Input 5 Alarm
(Hi AI 5 Alarm)
Input #1 below low alarm threshold.
…
…
Input #5 above high alarm threshold.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
64 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
High Frequency Input Alarm
(Hi Freq In Alm)
Alarm Description
Input frequency above high frequency alarm threshold.
No AC input voltage between Line A and Line B of input 1.
No AC input voltage between Line B and Line C of input 1.
No AC input voltage between Line C and Line A of input 1.
No AC input voltage between Line A and Line B of input 2.
No AC input voltage between Line B and Line C of input 2.
No AC input voltage between Line C and Line A of input 2.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Low Frequency Input Alarm
(Low Freq In Alm)
SMIO Failure
(SMIO Fail)
Testing Relay 1
(Testing Relay 1)
Input frequency below low frequency alarm threshold.
SM-IO board failure.
Testing Relay 1.
Mains Failure
(Mains Failure)
Commercial AC power failure.
LargeDU AC Distribution Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)
(AC Distributi)
--
Replace the board.
Testing Relay 2
(Testing Relay 2)
Testing Relay 3
(Testing Relay 3)
Testing Relay 2.
Testing Relay 3.
--
LargeDU AC Distribution Group Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)
(LargeDUACDist)
--
Mains 1 Failure
(Mains 1 Fail)
Mains 2 Failure
(Mains 2 Fail)
AC input 1 power failure.
AC input 2 power failure.
--
--
Mains 3 Failure
(Mains 3 Fail)
Mains 1 Uab/Ua Failure
(M1 Uab/Ua Fail)
Mains 1 Ubc/Ub Failure
(M1 Ubc/Ub Fail)
Mains 1 Uca/Uc Failure
(M1 Uca/Uc Fail)
Mains 2 Uab/Ua Failure
(M2 Uab/Ua Fail)
Mains 2 Ubc/Ub Failure
(M2 Ubc/Ub Fail)
Mains 2 Uca/Uc Failure
(M2 Uca/Uc Fail)
AC input 3 power failure.
Action to Correct
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Chapter 2. Operation 65
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Mains 3 Uab/Ua Failure
(M3 Uab/Ua Fail)
Alarm Description
No AC input voltage between Line A and Line B of input 3.
Mains 3 Ubc/Ub Failure
(M3 Ubc/Ub Fail)
Mains 3 Uca/Uc Failure
(M3 Uca/Uc Fail)
Over Frequency
(Over Frequency)
Under Frequency
(Under Frequency)
No AC input voltage between Line B and Line C of input 3.
No AC input voltage between Line C and Line A of input 3.
Input frequency above over frequency alarm threshold.
Input frequency below under frequency alarm threshold.
Mains 1 Uab/Ua Over Voltage
(M1 Uab/Ua OverV)
AC input 1 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.
Mains 1 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage
(M1 Ubc/Ub OverV)
AC input 1 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.
Mains 1 Uca/Uc Over Voltage
(M1 Uca/Uc OverV)
AC input 1 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.
Mains 2 Uab/Ua Over Voltage
(M2 Uab/Ua OverV)
AC input 2 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.
Mains 2 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage
(M2 Ubc/Ub OverV)
AC input 2 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.
Mains 2 Uca/Uc Over Voltage
(M2 Uca/Uc OverV)
AC input 2 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.
Mains 3 Uab/Ua Over Voltage
(M3 Uab/Ua OverV)
AC input 3 voltage between Line A and Line B above over voltage threshold.
Mains 3 Ubc/Ub Over Voltage
(M3 Ubc/Ub OverV)
AC input 3 voltage between Line B and Line C above over voltage threshold.
Mains 3 Uca/Uc Over Voltage
(M3 Uca/Uc OverV)
AC input 3 voltage between Line C and Line A above over voltage threshold.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
66 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Mains 1Uab/Ua Under
Voltage
(M1Uab/Ua UnderV)
Mains 1Ubc/Ub Under
Voltage
(M1Ubc/Ub UnderV)
Mains 1Uca/Uc Under
Voltage
(M1Uca/Uc UnderV)
Mains 2Uab/Ua Under
Voltage
(M2Uab/Ua UnderV)
Mains 2Ubc/Ub Under
Voltage
(M2Ubc/Ub UnderV)
Mains 2Uca/Uc Under
Voltage
(M2Uca/Uc UnderV)
Mains 3Uab/Ua Under
Voltage
(M3Uab/Ua UnderV)
Mains 3Ubc/Ub Under
Voltage
(M3Ubc/Ub UnderV)
Mains 3Uca/Uc Under
Voltage
(M3Uca/Uc UnderV)
AC Input MCCB Trip
(Input MCCB Trip)
AC Output MCCB Trip
(OutputMCCB Trip)
SPD Trip
(SPD Trip)
Alarm Description
AC input 1 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.
AC input 1 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.
AC input 1 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.
AC input 2 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.
AC input 2 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.
AC input 2 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.
AC input 3 voltage between Line A and Line B below under voltage threshold.
AC input 3 voltage between Line B and Line C below under voltage threshold.
AC input 3 voltage between Line C and Line A below under voltage threshold.
Main input circuit breaker open.
Main output circuit breaker open.
Surge protection device tripped.
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
AC distribution monitoring device has lost communications with the
Controller.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Check communications cables.
Chapter 2. Operation 67
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
DC Over Voltage
(DC Over Volt)
DC Under Voltage
(DC Under Volt)
DC Output 1 Disconnected
(Output1 Discon)
...
DC Output 64 Disconnected
(Output64 Discon)
Output #1 distribution device open.
...
Output #64 distribution device open.
--
--
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description Action to Correct
LargeDU DC Distribution Alarms (Large Distribution Unit must be present in system)
(DC Distributi)
DC output voltage above over voltage threshold.
DC output voltage below under voltage threshold.
--
--
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Temperature 1 Over
Temperature
(T1 Over Temp)
Temperature 2 Over
Temperature
(T2 Over Temp)
Temperature 3 Over
Temperature
(T3 Over Temp)
Temperature 1 Under
Temperature
(T1 Under Temp)
DC distribution monitoring device has lost communications with the
Controller.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature higher than over temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature higher than over temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature higher than over temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #1 sensing temperature lower than under temperature threshold.
Check communications cables.
--
--
--
--
Temperature 2 Under
Temperature
(T2 Under Temp)
Temperature 3 Under
Temperature
(T3 Under Temp)
Temperature sensor #2 sensing temperature lower than under temperature threshold.
Temperature sensor #3 sensing temperature lower than under temperature threshold.
Temperature 1 Sensor Failure
(T1 Sensor Fail)
Temperature sensor #1 failure.
Temperature 2 Sensor Failure
(T2 Sensor Fail)
Temperature sensor #2 failure.
--
--
--
--
68 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Alarm Description
Temperature 3 Sensor Failure
(T3 Sensor Fail)
Temperature sensor #3 failure.
Diesel Generator Group Alarms
(Dsl Gen Group)
Diesel Generator Test
Running
(Test Running)
Diesel test in progress.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
--
Diesel Generator Test Failure
(Test Failure)
Diesel test failed.
Diesel Generator Alarms
(Dsl Generator)
Low DC Voltage
(Low DC Voltage)
Generator has low DC voltage.
Diesel Generator Supervision
Fai
(SupervisionFail)
Generator monitoring device has failed.
Diesel Generator Failure
(Diesel Fail)
Diesel Generator Connected
(Diesel Connect)
Low Fuel Level
(Low Fuel Level)
Generator has failed.
Generator is connected to the system.
Generator has low fuel level.
High Water Temperature
(High Water Temp)
Low Oil Pressure
(Low Oil Press)
Generator has high water temperature.
Generator has low oil pressure.
Rectifier Group 2 [3, 4] Alarms
(Rect Group 2 [3, 4])
All Rectifiers Comm Fail
(AllRectCommFail)
No response from all rectifiers.
Rectifier Lost
(Rectifier Lost)
Comm Failure
(Comm Failure)
Mains Failure
(Mains Failure)
A rectifier cannot be detected by the
Controller.
A rectifier has lost communications with the Controller.
Rectifier commercial AC input power failure.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Check the connectors and cables or the CAN loop. Replace the Controller.
Reset the Rectifier Lost alarm.
Replace defective rectifier.
Reset the Comm Fail alarm. Replace defective rectifier.
--
Chapter 2. Operation 69
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Group 2 [3, 4] Rectifier Alarms
(Group 2 [3, 4] Rect)
Alarm Description
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
AC Input Failure
(AC Failure)
Rect Temperature High
(Rect Temp High)
Rectifier Fault
(Rect Fault)
Over Voltage
(Over Voltage)
Rectifier Protected
(Rect Protected)
Fan Failure
(Fan Failure)
No AC input power to a rectifier.
A rectifier has a high temperature condition.
A rectifier has a fault condition.
A rectifier has an over voltage condition.
A rectifier is in protected mode.
A rectifier’s fan has failed.
Check why no AC input power available.
Check why temperature is high.
Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.
Replace fan.
Current Limit
(Current Limit)
A rectifier is in current limit.
Rectifier overload. The load is higher than rectifier capacity. If the batteries are being recharged, the alarm will cease by itself when the battery voltage has increased to the charging level. If the system load is higher than the rectifier capacity, the batteries will discharge. If this is the reason, install additional rectifiers. If one or more of the rectifiers are defective, replace the faulty rectifiers.
Rectifier Communication Fail
(Rect Comm Fail)
A rectifier has lost communications with the Controller.
Check communications cables. Reset the Communication Fail alarm.
Replace the rectifier.
Derated
(Derated)
A rectifier is in output power derating mode.
Current Share Alarm
(CurrShare Alarm)
Low AC Voltage Protection
(Low AC Protect)
A rectifier has a current sharing alarm.
A rectifier is in under voltage protection mode.
SMDUP Alarms (SM-DU+ Module must be present in system)
(SMDUP)
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Communications failure.
Refer to Rectifier User Manual for troubleshooting information.
Check communications cables.
70 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Current1 High Current
(Curr 1 Hi)
Alarm Description
Current 1 high.
Current1 Very High Current
(Curr 1 Very Hi)
…
…
Current25 High Current
(Curr 25 Hi)
Current 1 very high.
…
…
Current 25 high.
Current25 Very High Current
(Curr 25 Very Hi)
Current 25 very high.
SMBRC Unit Alarms (SM-BRC Module must be present in system)
(SMBRC Unit)
Communication Fail
(Comm Fail)
Ambient High Temperature
(Amb Temp High)
Ambient Low Temperature
(Amb Temp Low)
Ambt Temp Not Used
(Amb Temp No Use)
Fuel Tank Group Alarms
(Fuel Tank Grp)
Fuel Group Communication
Failure
(Fuel Comm Fail)
Fuel Tank Alarms
(Fuel Tank)
High Fuel Level Alarm
(Hi Level Alarm)
Low Fuel Level Alarm
(Low Level Alarm)
Fuel Theft Alarm
(Fuel Theft Alm)
Tank Height Error
(Tank Height Err)
Communications failure.
Ambient high temperature alarm.
Ambient low temperature alarm.
No ambient temperature sensor.
Fuel tank group communication failure.
Fuel tank high level alarm.
Fuel tank low level alarm.
Fuel tank theft alarm.
Fuel tank height error.
--
--
--
--
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Action to Correct
--
--
Check communications cables.
--
--
--
Check communications cables.
--
--
--
--
Chapter 2. Operation 71
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Table 4
Full Alarm Name - WEB
(Abbreviated
Alarm Name - LCD)
Fuel Tank Config Error
(Fuel Config Err)
Alarm Description
Fuel tank configuration error.
SM Temp Group (SM-Temp Module must be present in system)
(SM Temp Group)
SM Temp Lost
(SMTemp Lost)
SM-Temp cannot be detected by the
Controller.
SM Temp 1-8 (SM-Temp Module must be present in system)
(SMTemp 1-8)
Communication Interrupt
(Comm Interrupt)
SM-Temp has lost communications with the Controller.
Temperature Probe 1 Shorted
(Probe1 Short)
Probe shorted.
… …
Temperature Probe 8 Shorted
(Probe8 Short)
Probe shorted.
Temperature Probe 1 Open
(Probe1 Open)
…
Temperature Probe 8 Open
(Probe8 Open)
Probe open.
…
Probe open.
Table 4
Available Alarms
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Action to Correct
--
Reset the SMTemp Lost alarm.
Replace defective SM-Temp.
Check communications cables.
Replace temperature probe.
Replace temperature probe.
72 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.7 Power Split Feature
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
In Power Split applications, the output of the power system controlled by the ACU+ can be connected in parallel with an existing power system. Each system is controlled independently via its own Controller.
The ACU+ power system is referred to as the "slave" system and the existing power system as the
"master" system. The Power Split feature controls the ACU+ power system’s output voltage and rectifiers' current limit so that the "slave" power system shares the load with the "master" system.
Optional Functions: The ACU+ Controller can mimic the equalize and battery test functions of the “master” system’s Controller. In addition, the ACU+ Controller can mimic the low voltage load disconnect and/or low voltage battery disconnect functions of the “master” system. This is accomplished by supplying digital signals from the
“master” system’s Controller to the ACU+. This allows these functions to remain active in the “master” system.
2.7.1 Overview
See
2.7.2 How Power Split Works
There are four User adjustable parameters for Power Split. They are:
Slave Curr Lmt: Current limit point for power system designated as the slave system in a "Power
Split" configuration.
Delta Volt: The offset voltage that the power system designated as the slave system in a "Power
Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (0.5 volts).
Proportion Coeff: The proportional coefficient that the power system designated as the slave system in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (30%).
Integral Time: The integral time that the power system designated as the slave system in a "Power
Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (60 seconds).
The ACU+ Controller uses these parameters to control the load sharing operation between the two power systems.
Depending on the systems’ configurations, their rectifier capacities, their distribution load capacities, and the Power Split configuration; four operating modes can occur.
Low Load Operation
When the total load current demand is lower than the SLAVE CURRENT LIMIT value, the ACU+ power system voltage will be increased by the programmed DELTA VOLTAGE setting forcing the ACU+ power system to carry the load. Make sure that the output voltage does not exceed the battery float range recommended by the manufacturer. In this operating mode, no current will be delivered by the existing power system.
Normal Load Operation
When the total load current demand reaches the SLAVE CURRENT LIMIT value, the ACU+ power system operates in output current limit and its output voltage will be decreased (up to the DELTA
VOLTAGE setting) in order to regulate the current, allowing the existing power system to deliver the remaining current. Both the ACU+ power system and the existing power system are now providing current to the load.
High Load Operation
If current demand increases and the existing power system reaches its current limit setting, float voltage will again begin to decrease. When the voltage falls below the float setting minus the DELTA VOLTAGE setting, the ACU+ system will come out of current limit and now deliver the additional current necessary to satisfy the load. This operation may occur when the batteries are being recharged, such as after a commercial AC failure.
Chapter 2. Operation 73
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Over Load Operation
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
If the load current is greater than the combined current capacities of the ACU+ system and the existing power system, both power systems will go into current limit. Both systems and the batteries will feed the load. The output voltage will depend on the conditions of the batteries. This operation occurs if the total capacity of the rectifiers is too low in relation to the need for increased current.
2.7.3 Operating Modes
Figure 5 illustrates the four modes of operation described above.
The Normal Load Operation is considered to be the normal mode. In this mode both the ACU+ system and the existing parallel power system are both delivering load current. This is main purpose of using
Power Split, to avoid putting the burden of delivering the entire load onto one of the two power systems.
2.7.4 Requirements and Conditions
The two DC power systems must be connected in parallel as described in
“2.7.5. Paralleling the Existing
Before paralleling the two systems, the following conditions must be met for proper Power Split function.
Note: The control features of the combined system are limited to those of the original power system.
Note: The same type of batteries with an equal amount of cells and the same charging voltages must be used for both systems.
The float voltage, equalize voltage, and battery test voltage of the ACU+ power system must be set to the same levels as that of the existing power system.
The remote sense, if available and connected, of both the ACU+ power system and existing power system must be connected to the same point.
If batteries are used, they must be of the same type.
All the functions specific to the existing power system and ACU+ power system and which depend on the voltage or which act on the voltage must be disabled from the existing power system and ACU+ power system. This includes the following
… any equalization function, any temperature compensation function, any charge control function, any battery discharge test function, and any invalid current alarm.
In lieu of this, if battery charging and battery test functions are implemented in the existing power system, they can remain if signals for starting are connected from the control system of the existing system to the ACU+ system.
74 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.7.5 Paralleling the Existing and ACU+ Power Systems
Admonishments
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
General Safety
Danger: YOU MUST FOLLOW APPROVED SAFETY PROCEDURES.
Performing the following procedures may expose you to hazards. These procedures should be performed by qualified technicians familiar with the hazards associated with this type of equipment. These hazards may include shock, energy, and/or burns. To avoid these hazards: a) The tasks should be performed in the order indicated. b) Remove watches, rings, and other jewelry. c) Prior to contacting any uninsulated surface or termination, use a voltmeter to verify that no voltage or the expected voltage is present. d) Wear eye protection, and use recommended tools. e) Use double insulated tools appropriately rated for the work to be performed.
AC Input Voltages
Danger: This system operates from AC voltage capable of producing fatal electrical shock.
DC Input/Output Voltages
Danger: Connecting the ACU+ power system to an existing power system for “Power Split” mode involves working on live equipment carrying live loads. This system produces DC power and may require battery to be connected to it. Although the
DC voltage is not hazardously high, the rectifiers and/or battery can deliver large amounts of current. Exercise extreme caution not to inadvertently contact or have any tool inadvertently contact a battery terminal or exposed wire connected to a battery terminal. NEVER allow a metal object, such as a tool, to contact more than one termination at a time, or to simultaneously contact a termination and a grounded object. Even a momentary short circuit can cause explosion and injury.
Remove watches, rings, or other jewelry before connecting leads. Cover any live busbars with a canvas sheet to prevent short circuits caused by falling tools or parts.
Preparing the Existing and ACU+ Power Systems
Install and turn-up the ACU+ power system as describe in the installation instructions furnished with the power system.
Set the float voltage on both the existing and ACU+ power systems to the same level. Temperature compensation functionality, if used, should be disabled on both power systems.
Paralleling the Systems
Connect the Battery and Battery Return busbars of the ACU+ Power System to the main charge busbars (rectifier side of the shunt) on the parallel power system. Size the cable for the largest current between systems.
Note 1: The connections between the two power systems should be done with power cables appropriately sized to be capable of carrying the maximum current that can circulate between the two power systems.
Chapter 2. Operation 75
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Note 2: If the parallel power system incorporates a main plant shunt, the connections of the cables from the ACU+ power system to the parallel power system shall be made on the main charge busbars (rectifier side of the shunt).
Note 3: To compensate for voltage drop, it is recommended to connect the ACU+ power system’s remote sense leads (if available) to the same point of sensing as the parallel power system.
Note 4: There shall be only one battery return reference (BRR) cable for the two power systems. If the cable is appropriately sized on the parallel power system, keep it as the BRR for both power systems. If the cable is not appropriately sized on the parallel power system, install a new BRR cable and connect it preferably to the ACU+ power system since the parallel power system may eventually be phased out.
Note 5: If battery disconnect units (BDUs) are used on the new or parallel power system, these shall be wired in such a way as to be all triggered simultaneously in order to prevent any overloading of these.
Note 6: For the size and number of bridge cables between the two power systems, take into consideration the voltage drop, the available connecting points in each system, as well as the fact that these cables are unfused and shall therefore be run on a dedicated cable rack.
“C” or “H” taps may be used to make full use of available connecting points.
Note 7: The legacy system retains the function of its controller and the percent of load on each plant is controlled by the ACU+. Alarms may be sent individually from each plant, or combined using an ACU+ Interface Board and the programmable relays resident in the controller.
Note 8: Add a label on both power systems to indicate that these are operating in the Power Split
Mode with each other.
Optional Function Connections: The following signals from the existing system must be connected to digital inputs of the ACU+ system interface board for these functions to be active: Equalize Charge in Progress, Battery Test in Progress, Load LVD Active, and Battery LVD Active. Otherwise disable these functions.
76 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.7.6 Programming the ACU+ Power Split Feature
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
After an ACU+ power system has been connected to an existing power system and both systems set for the same float voltage, you will have to configure the Power Split parameters in the ACU+.
Procedure
1) Set the Power Split mode to slave. Navigate to Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General /
Contactor Mode. Set this parameter to “Slave Control”.
2) Reboot the ACU+ by pressing ESC and ENT at the same time.
3) Navigate to Main Menu / Settings / Power System / Power Split.
4)
Navigate to and set the “Slave Current Limit” to a value that will force the ACU+ system’s rectifiers to operate in current limiting mode.
Note: The Slave Current Limit must be set lower than the total distribution current from the two plants. The default value is 60% of the
ACU+ power system’s rectifier capacity.
5) Navigate to and set the
“Delta Voltage”. This voltage is by default set to 0.5V but can be readjusted.
If the distribution current is lower than 50% of the total capacity of the ACU+ power system, the
“Delta Voltage” can be adjusted to a lower level than 0.5V to get a system voltage that is closer to the desired float charging voltage.
If the voltage drop between the existing system and the ACU+ system is expected to be >0.5V, the
“Delta Voltage” can be adjusted to a higher level than 0.5 V to get a correct split function.
Temperature controlled battery charging cannot be set in the ACU+ power system in power split mode. If this function is implemented in the existing power system, a limited function within a temperature range of approximately ±15°C will be achieved if the Delta Voltage is set to a higher level, maximum 2.00V.
If the
“Delta Voltage” 0.5V is considered to be too high, the split function can be tested at various modes of operation to find a lower setting.
Optional Function Setup
Equalize Charge Setup
If the equalize charge function is to be used, equalize charge must be implemented in the existing power system and an equalizing signal from its control unit must be connected to the ACU+.
1) Navigate to Main Menu / Settings /
Battery / Charge / EQ Voltage. Set the “EQ Voltage” to the same value as the equalize voltage of the existing power system.
2) Using the Web Interface (Maintenance / Edit PowerSplit), select the ACU+ digital input connected to the existing systems equalize control circuit.
Note: Equalize charging is controlled by the existing power system via an incoming digital signal.
The system will remain at the set equalize charge voltage level as long as this signal is active.
Battery Test Setup
If the battery test function is to be used, battery test must be implemented in the existing power system and a test signal from its control unit must be connected to the ACU+.
1) Navigate to Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Test.
2) Navigate to and set the “Test End Volt” to the same value as the end voltage of the existing power system.
Chapter 2. Operation 77
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
3) Navigate to and set the “Test Volt Lmt” to the same value as the test voltage of the existing power system.
4) Using the Web Interface (Maintenance / Edit PowerSplit), select the ACU+ digital input connected to the existing systems battery test control circuit.
Note:
Other settings in this menu regarding “Battery Test” are inactive.
Note: Battery test is controlled by the existing power system via an incoming digital signal. The system will remain at battery test as long as this signal is active.
Low Voltage Disconnect Setup
If low voltage disconnect functions are to be used, they must be implemented in the existing power system and signals from its control unit must be connected to the ACU+.
1) Using the Web Interface (Maintenance / Edit PowerSplit), select the ACU+ digital inputs connected to the low voltage disconnect control circuits.
Temperature Compensated Battery Charge
There is no possibility to activate the “Temperature Compensated Battery Charge” function when the ACU+ power system is configured for “Power Split” mode.
However, the possibility to change the “Delta Voltage” enables the ACU+ power system to follow the existing power system that has the functionality to a certain limit.
Example: The “Delta Voltage” in the ACU+ power system is set to 1.0V. The existing power system is set to compensate 3.0 mV/cell/°C. This means that the ACU+ power system can follow the temperature compensation of the existing ;power system in the range of ±14°C from the set normal battery temperature (3.0 mV x 24 cells x 14°C = 1.008 V).
78 Chapter 2. Operation
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2.7.7 Verifying the Operation of the Power Split Feature
After programming the “Power Split” feature, verify its operation as follows.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013 a) In a Power Split application where the ACU+ power system is taking all of the load and the rectifiers in the existing power system are all in the standby mode, use an external dry load bank of sufficient capacity to increase the load on the ACU+ power system over the “SLAVE CURRENT LIMIT” value.
1) Verify that the ACU+ power system limits the total output of its rectifiers to the current equivalent to this programmed percentage.
2) Verify that the ACU+ power system lowers its output voltage by the value of the programmed
“DELTA VOLTAGE”.
3) Verify that the rectifiers in the existing power system take the additional load as the load increases pass the “SLAVE CURRENT LIMIT” value.
4) Further increase the load in order to exceed the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system (or shut down some of the rectifiers in the existing power system if the capacity of the external dry load bank is not sufficient). Verify that the ACU+ power system starts taking the additional load as soon as the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system is exceeded. b) In a Power Split application where the ACU+ power system is taking only part of the load (operating continuously at the current level equivalent to the programmed “SLAVE CURRENT LIMIT” percentage) and the rectifiers in the existing power system are taking the rest of the load, use an external dry load bank of sufficient capacity to increase the load in order to exceed the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system (or shut down some of the rectifiers in the existing power system if the capacity of the external dry load bank is not sufficient).
1) Verify that the ACU+ power system starts taking the additional load as soon as the total capacity of the rectifiers in the existing power system is exceeded.
Chapter 2. Operation 79
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
CHAPTER 3. LOCAL DISPLAY MENUS
3.1 Overview
This section provides descriptions of the Local Display Menus. Refer also to
” and “3.3 Description of Local Display (and Web Interface) Menus Line Items”. For WEB interface,
refer to
“Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus”.
3.2 Menus
Figure 8 provides flow diagrams of the menus accessed via the ACU+ Controller local display and
keypad.
Note: These instructions describe the complete functionality of the ACU+. Some functionality is dependent on hardware connected to the ACU+. Some menu items shown may not be present in the ACU+ used in your system.
80 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
3.2.1 Adjustment Range Restrictions
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Float Voltage Setting
Cannot be adjusted higher than
“EQ Voltage” setting.
Cannot be adjusted lower than 1V (24V systems) or 2V (48V systems) above
“Under Voltage 1 Alarm” setting or higher than 1V (24V systems) or 2V (48V systems) below
“Over Voltage 1 Alarm” setting.
EQ Voltage Setting
Cannot be adjusted lower than
“Float Voltage” setting.
HVDS Limit
Cannot be adjusted lower than 0.5V above the
“EQ Voltage” setting.
Under Voltage 1 Alarm Setting
Cannot be adjusted lower than
“Under Voltage 2 Alarm” setting.
Cannot be adjusted higher than
“Over Voltage 1 Alarm” setting.
Under Voltage 2 Alarm Setting
Cannot be adjusted higher than
“Under Voltage 1 Alarm” setting.
Over Voltage 1 Alarm Setting
Cannot be adjusted higher than
“Over Voltage 2 Alarm” setting.
Cannot be adjusted lower than
“Under Voltage 1 Alarm” setting.
Over Voltage 2 Alarm Setting
Cannot be adjusted lower than
“Over Voltage 1 Alarm” setting.
LVD1 and LVD2 Disconnect Setting
Cannot be adjusted higher than
“LVD Reconnect Voltage” setting.
LVD1 and LVD2 Reconnect Setting
Cannot be adjusted lower than
“LVD Disconnect Voltage” setting.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 81
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
INFO SCREENS
(Returns to MAIN SCREEN after a preset time period.)
E N T
E S C E S C
Main Screen
09:20:20
Float Charge
##.#V
Auto
E S C
###A
No Alm
Date and time are alternately displayed.
E N T
Press or to move to next or previous screen.
E N T
Number of Rec 4
E N T
E N T
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
E S C
Main Menu
Main Menu
S tatus
Settings
ECO Mode
Manual
Quick Setting
Press or to move cursor in
MAIN MENU screen.
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
E N T
E S C
A
Main Menu
S tatus
Settings
ECO Mode
Manual
Quick Setting
E N T
E S C
Select User
Admin
Enter Password
*
E N T
E S C
B
*
In the MAIN SCREEN:
Press ENT and , or ENT and at the same time to change the contrast of the LCD.
Press , , and ESC at the same time to log out.
Press ENT and ESC at the same time to reset the ACU+ Controller.
Main Menu
S tatus
Settings
ECO Mode
Manual
Quick Setting
E N T
E S C
Select User
Admin
Enter Password
*
E N T
E S C
C
*
Main Menu
S tatus
Settings
ECO Mode
Manual
Quick Setting
E N T
E S C
Select User
Admin
Enter Password
*
E N T
E S C
D
*
Local and Remote Access Passwords (set via the Web Interface)
Maximum 13 Characters (0-9, a-z, A-Z, _ )
Access Level
Level A (Browser)
Default Password
none set
Authority
Browse System Information.
Level B (Operator)
Level C (Engineer)
Level D (Administrator) none set none set
1
A User has access to his/her level menus, plus all menus of the lesser access levels.
Change System Control Settings.
Modify System Parameters.
Download Configuration File.
Update OS Application.
Modify, Add, Delete User Information.
Once a password is entered, it remains in effect for a preset time period to allow navigating between menus without re-entering the password.
Main Menu
S tatus
Settings
ECO Mode
Manual
Quick Setting
E N T
E S C
Select User
Admin
Enter Password
*
E N T
E S C
* Note: Use or to move the cursor to the Select User field. Press ENT to select a different User if required.
To select a User, press ENT to highlight the Select User field, and use or to select a User.
Press ENT to select the User displayed in the Select User field. Note that only
Users programmed into the ACU+ are shown.
Users are programmed via the Web Interface.
Use or to move the cursor to the Enter Password field.
Press ENT to enter a password.
To enter password, press ENT to highlight bit, and use or to choose character. Press ENT to accept and move to the next character. Press ENT again to accept password.
E
*
Figure 8
(cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
82 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
ENT
E N T
Status
Active Alarms
A
ENT
E S C
Power System
ENT
Rectifier
Press or to move cursor in
STATUS screen.
Battery
ENT
ENT
DC
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
AC
ENT
ENT
EIB
ENT
SMDU
Converter
ENT
SMDUP
SMTemp
Alarm History
Sys Inventory
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To View Parameters:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
ESC
Alarm History
Minor:
Major:
Critical:
ESC
Active Alarms
Minor:
Major:
Critical:
Temp.
Probes set as
“ambient” show up here.
ESC
Power System
System Voltage
54.0 V
System Load
0.0 A
Mtnc Run Time
1.3 h
Alarm Status
No Alm
Power Split
Master
IB2 T2
21 deg. C
...
SMTemp1 T1
21 deg. C
ESC
Rectifier
Rect Group
Rect #1
Rect #2
A1
Battery
ESC
ESC
DC
DC Voltage
54.0 V
Load Current
0.0 A
ESC
A2
AC
ESC
A3
EIB
ESC
A4
SMDU
ESC
A5
Converter
ESC
A6 SMDUP
0
0
1
A7
ESC
ENT
ESC
1 IB2
DI3 Alarm
100629 12:18:35
100629 12:19:52
Press or to cycle through list of alarms.
SMTemp
0
0
2
ENT
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Note:
For a complete list of alarms that can be displayed in the STATUS Active Alarm menus, see the table titled
“Available Alarms” in the Operation Chapter.
ESC
SYS Inventory
ACU+
Rect #1
Rect #2
EIB 1
IB 1
SMDUP 1
Conv #1
Conv #2
SMTemp 1
ENT
ESC
Similar information is displayed for each device in the system.
Device Name
ACU+
Part Number
M820D
Product Ver
001
SW Version
2.25
Serial Number
21024402512
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
ESC
1 Rect AC
Mains Failure
081104 8:00:12
Critical
Press or to cycle through list of alarms.
Press ESC to return to STATUS menu.
ESC
2 Power System
CAN Comm Fail
081104 8:05:02
Critical
ENT
ENT
ESC
Rect Group
Average Voltage
52.0 V
Total Current
0.2 A
Number of Rects
2
Num Rects Comm
2
Sys Cap Used
0.9 %
Max Cap Used
3.4 %
Min Cap Used
0.0 %
Rated Voltage
52.0 V
AC Phases
Single Phase
Max Curr Limit
462.2 A
Total Rated Cur
382.0 A
ESC
Rect #1
DC Voltage
53.8 V
DC Current
8.5 A
Temperature
30 deg. C
DC Status
On
AC On/Off
On
Rated Current
35 A
Walk-In
Disabled
Rectifier ID
1
Rect Phase
A
Rectifier SN
010700213
Running Time
200 h
AC Voltage
224 V
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 83
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
A1
ENT
ESC
Battery
Batt Group
Battery 1
Battery 2
LiBattery1
ENT
ENT
ENT
ESC
Batt Group
Battery Voltage
53.8 V
Total Batt Curr
0.0 A
Comp Temp
21 deg. C
Short BOD Time
2 min
ShortBODCounter
8
Long BOD Time
1 min
LongBODCounter
7
Full BOD Time
0 min
FullBODCounter
1
Remaining Time
360.0 hr
LiBatt AvgTemp
20 deg. C
Num Installed
8
NumDisconnected
0
Num No Reply
0
InventUpdating
No
IB2 T1
21 deg. C
...
Battery 1
ESC
Battery Voltage
0.0 V
Battery Current
0.0 A
Batt Rating(Ah)
300 Ah
Batt Cap (%)
100.0 %
A4
ENT
ESC
SMDU
SMDU Group
SMDU 1
ENT
ENT
A5
ENT
ESC
Converter
Conv Group
Conv #1
Conv #2
Temp. Probes set as “battery” show up here.
ENT
ENT
A2
ENT
ESC
AC
Rect AC
A3
ENT
ESC
EIB
EIB 1
ESC
LiBattery1
Batt Voltage
52.3 V
Batt Current
0.0 A
State of Charge
98.8%
Batt Term Volt
Cell Temp
52.3 V
21.0 deg. C
Switch Temp
21.0 deg. C
Batt LED Status
Full Green
A6
ENT
ESC
SMDUP
SMDUP 1
ENT
ENT
SMTemp
SMTemp 1
ENT
A7
ENT
ESC
Rect AC
Phase A Voltage
253 V
Phase B Voltage
253 V
Phase C Voltage
254 V
ESC
EIB 1
Block In-Use
8
Voltage 1
0.0 V
Voltage 2
Voltage 3
0.0 V
Voltage 4
0.0 V
0.0 V
Voltage 5
0.0 V
Voltage 6
Voltage 7
0.0 V
Voltage 8
0.0 V
0.0 V
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
ESC
SMDU Group
Num of SMDUs
1
ESC
SMDU 1
Bus Bar Voltage
54.0 V
Load 1 Current
0.0 A
ESC
Conv Group
Average Voltage
52.0 V
Total Current
0.2 A
Number of Convs
2
Num Convs Comm
2
Rated Voltage
52.0 V
Total Rated Cur xxx.x A
Max Curr Limit
31.3 A
ESC
Conv #1
Output Voltage
48.2 V
Output Current
0.0 A
Temperature
25.0 deg. C
On/Off Status
On
Rated Current xxx.x A
Converter ID
1
Converter SN xxxxxx
Running Time
200 h
ESC
SMDUP 1
Current 1
0.0 A
...
Current 25
0.0 A
Shunt Settable
By Software
ESC
SMTemp
SMTemp1 Temp1
21 deg. C
...
SMTemp1 Temp8
21 deg. C
...
SMTemp8 Temp1
21 deg. C
...
SMTemp8 Temp8
21 deg. C
Temp T1 Status
Normal
...
Temp T8 Status
Normal
84 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
B
ENT
Settings
Alarm Setting
ENT
ENT
ESC
Power System
ENT
Rectifier
ENT
Battery
ENT
BattFuseUnit
ENT
DC
ENT
LVD
ENT
AC
ENT
EIB
ENT
SMDU
ENT
Converter
ENT
SMTemp
ENT
Communication
ENT
Controller
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen
(selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the ACU+
Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
ESC
ESC
ESC
AC
B5
B6
B4
Rect AC
EIB
ESC
Rectifier
All Rect Set
Rect #1
Rect #2
ESC
BattFuseUnit
Num of Bat Fuse
0
ESC
DC
Shunt Current
150.0 A (50.0-50000.0)
Shunt Voltage
25.0 mV (1.0-150.0)
LoadShuntExist
No (No / Yes)
SMDU
ESC
LVD
ENT
B3
ESC
ESC
ESC
Battery
Rect AC
B1
B2
Nominal PH-Volt
Alarm Setting
Power System
ENT
ENT
220 V (50-450)
Mains Fail Alm1
20 % (0.0-100.0)
Mains Fail Alm2
20 % (0.0-100.0)
ESC
All Rect Set
HVSD
Enabled
HVSD Limit
59.0 V
Restart on HVSD
Enabled
HVSD Restart T
Start Interval
300 s
0 s
Walk-In
Walk-In Time
Enabled
8 s
Turn On ACOverV
No
ECO Mode
Disabled
Best Oper Point
80 %
Fluct Range
10 %
Energy Save Pt
45 %
(enabled / disabled)
(56.0-59.5) (28.0-29.7)
(enabled / disabled)
(0-300)
(0-10)
(enabled / disabled)
(8-128)
(no / yes)
(enabled / disabled)
(30-90)
(1-50)
(10-90)
Cycle Period
168 h
Rects ON Time
120 min
Turn Off Delay
5 min
Input Curr Lmt
30 A
(1-8760)
(0-255)
(1-60)
(1-50)
MixHE Power
Non-Derate (non-derate / derate)
DG Pwr Lmt
Enabled
Diesel DI Input
None
(disabled / enabled)
(none / Digital Input 1 / ... / Digital Input8)
DG Pwr Lmt Pt
40.0 %
Current Limit
Enabled
Current Limit Pt
400 A
(40-100)
(enabled / disabled)
(dependent on # of rectifiers)
ESC
ESC
Rect #1
Rectifier ID
2
Rect Phase
B
(1-999)
(A / B / C)
B7
SMTemp
ESC
ESC
Communication
DHCP
Disabled
IP Address
126.50.143.70
Subnet Mask
255.255.255.0
Default Gateway
0.0.0.0
(enabled / disabled)
ESC
Controller
Language
English
Date
2010-06-30
Time
13:04:10
Keypad Voice
On
Reload Config
Yes
Download Config
Yes
Auto Config
Yes
(on / off)
ESC
Converter
All Conv Set
Conv #1
Conv #2
ENT
ENT
ESC
All Conv Set
Output Voltage
52.0 V
Under Voltage
47.0 V
Over Voltage
56.0 V
Over Current
500 A
HVSD
Enabled
HVSD Limit
Current Limit
59.0 V
Enabled
Current Limit Pt
94 A
ESC
Conv #1
Set Conv ID
1 (1-999)
(48.0-55.5)
(42.0-55.0)
(49.0-59.0)
(1-500)
(enabled / disabled)
(48.0-60.0)
(enabled / disabled)
(dependent on # of converters)
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 85
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
ENT
Alarm Setting
Alm Severity
B1
Alarm Relay
ESC
Alarm Param
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the
ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
Note:
After setting the Alarm Severity Level, press ENT and together to jump to the related Alarm Relay setting menu for this alarm. Press ENT and together again to return to the previous Alarm Severity
Level screen.
ENT
ENT
ENT
ESC
ESC
Alm Severity or
Alarm Relay
Power System
Rect Group
Rectifier
Battery Group
Battery
SMDU Battery
EIB Battery
SM Battery
LargeDU Batt
SMBRC Battery
OB Batt Fuse
SMDU Bat Fuse
DC Distr
DC Fuse Unit
SMDU DC Fuse
SMDUP DC Fuse
LVD Unit
SMDU LVD
LargeDU LVD
Rectifier AC
SMAC
IB
EIB
SMDU 1
SMDU 2
SMDU 3
SMDU 4
SMDU 5
SMDU 6
SMDU 7
SMDU 8
Converter Grp
Converter
SMIO 1
SMIO Unit 3
SMIO Unit 4
SMIO Unit 5
SMIO Unit 6
SMIO Unit 7
SMIO Unit 8
LargeDUACDist
AC Distributi
DC Distributi
Dsl Gen Group
Dsl Generator
Rect Group 2
Group 2 Rect
Rect Group 3
Group 3 Rect
Rect Group 4
Group 4 Rect
SMDUP
SMBRC Unit
Fuel Tank Grp
Fuel Tank
SMTemp Group
SMTemp 1
SMTemp 2
SMTemp 3
SMTemp 4
SMTemp 5
SMTemp 6
SMTemp 7
SMTemp 8
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Note:
The Alarm Severity and Alarm Relay screens are the same so only one is shown here. Also, the alarms for the Device Groups is lengthy so only part of the alarms for the Rectifier
Device Group is shown. See the table titled
“Available Alarms” in the Operation Chapter for a complete listing of the Device Groups alarms.
ENT
ESC
Rectifier
AC Failure
Major
Rect Temp High
Major
Rect Fault
Major
HVSD
Major
Alarm Severity Screen
(see Available Alarms
Table for complete list of available alarms)
(none / minor / major / critical)
(none / minor / major / critical)
(none / minor / major / critical)
(none / minor / major / critical)
ENT
ESC
Rectifier
AC Failure
Relay #
Rect Temp High
Rect Fault
Relay #
Relay #
HVSD
Relay #
(see Available Alarms
Table for complete list of available alarms)
Alarm Relay Screen
(none / relay 1 / ... / relay 13)
(none / relay 1 / ... / relay 13)
(none / relay 1 / ... / relay 13)
(none / relay 1 / ... / relay 13)
ESC
Alarm Param
Alarm Voice
On
Block Alarm
Normal
Clr Alm Hist
Yes
(on / off / 3 min / 10 min / 1 hour / 4 hour)
(normal / blocked)
cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
86 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
B2
ENT
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
General
ESC
Power System
General
Power Split
ENT
ENT
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
ESC
Power Split
Slave Curr Lmt
60 %
Delta Volt
0.5 V
Proportion Coeff
Integral Time
30.0
60 s
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the
ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
(10-90)
(0.1-2.0)
(0-100)
(10-2000)
ESC
Special
Configurations
Only
The temperature monitored by the
Temp. Probe selected here is displayed on the Homepage of the Web Interface.
Auto/Man State
Auto
Manual Mode Lmt
1 h
Mtnc Cycle Time
360 days
EStop/EShutdown
Disabled
Load Curr Alarm
3000 A
Alarm Blocked
Normal
Rect Expansion
Inactive
Address (Slave)
201
Over Voltage 1
57.0 V
Over Voltage 2
58.0 V
Under Voltage 1
48.0 V
Under Voltage 2
44.0 V
Fail Safe enable
Hybrid Mode disable
DG Run Overtemp enable
DG Run Time
60 min
DG Used
DG1
DI for Grid
DI3
DOD
(auto / manual)
(0-24)
(10-7200)
(disabled / EStop / EShutdown)
(0-4000)
(normal / blocked)
(inactive / primary / secondary)
(201 / 202 / 203)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(disable / enable)
(disable / fixed daily / capacity)
(disable / enable)
(30-120)
(DG1 / DG2 / Both)
(DI1 / ... / DI8)
40.0 %
Dsch Duration
12 hours
Start Dsch Time
19 clock
High Load Set
40.0 %
Equal StartTime
(20-80)
(1-22)
(0-24)
(20-80)
8 clock
DG Alarm Delay
60 sec.
Fail Safe
(0-24)
(30-180)
Normally Open (normally open / normally close)
Contactor Mode
(Master Ctrlr / Slave Ctrlr)
Relay Test
Master Ctrlr
Disabled
Relay Test Time
45 sec.
HighLoadLevel1
70%
HighLoadLevel2
85%
DI1 Alarm State
High
...
DI8 Alarm State
High
Amb Temp Sensor
IB2 T2
(disabled / automatic / individual)
(0-120)
(0-100)
(0-100)
(Low / High)
(Low / High)
(None / SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... /
SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 /
IB2 T2 / IB2 T1 / System T3 / System T2 / System T1 /
Average / Maximum)
Amb Temp High2
100.0 deg. C
Amb Temp High1
90.0 deg. C
Amb Temp Low
-10.0 deg. C
System Temp1
None
(-40 to +100)
(-40 to +100)
(-40 to +100)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
System Temp2
None
System Temp3
None
IB2 Temp1
Battery
IB2 Temp2
Ambient
EIB Temp1
None
EIB Temp2
None
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(None / Battery / Ambient)
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 87
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
B3
ENT
ESC
Battery
Basic
Charge
Test
Temp Comp
Capacity
Battery 1
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the
ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
ESC
Basic
ESC
Test
Test Volt Lmt
45.0 V
Test End Volt
45.2 V
End Test Time
100 min
EndTestCapacity
70 %
RecordThreshold
0.100 V
AC Fail Test
Disabled
Planned Tests
0
Test 1 (M-D Hr)
10-21 10
Const Curr Test
Disabled
ConstCurrT Curr
9999.0 A
Short Test
Disabled
ShortTest Cycle
30 days
Short Test Time
5 min
Max Diff Curr
0.05 C10
BattTestLowCap
99 %
(43.0-53.5) (21.5-27.0)
(43.2-53.5) (21.5-27.0)
(10-1440)
(0-100)
(0.100-1.000)
(disabled / enabled)
(0-12)
(disabled / enabled)
(1-9999)
ESC
Num Batt Shunts
1
Calc Batt Curr
No
Low Capacity Pt
75 %
Current Limited
No
BTRM TempSensor
IB2 T2
BTRM Temp High2
100.0 deg. C
BTRM Temp High1
90.0 deg. C
BTRM Action
Disabled
BTRM Voltage
51.0 V
ABCL Point
20A
(disabled / enabled)
(1-365)
(1-60)
(0.00-1.00)
(70-100)
ESC
Temp Comp
Temp CompCenter
25.0 deg. C (0.0-40.0)
Temp Comp Coeff
72.0 mV/deg. C (0.0-500.0)
TempComp Sensor
None (None / SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... /
SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 /
IB2 T2 / IB2 T1 / System T3 / System T2 / System T1 /
Average SMBRC / Average / Maximum)
Comp Temp High2
60 deg. C
Comp Temp High1
50 deg. C
Comp Temp Low
-10.0 deg. C
Temp Comp Max V
29.0
Temp Comp Clamp
Enabled
Temp Comp Min V
26.0
(0-100)
(0-100)
(-40 to +100)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
(disabled / enabled)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
ESC
Battery 1
Rated Capacity
600.0 Ah
Shunt Current
800.0 A
Shunt Voltage
25.0 mv
(50.0-50000.0)
(50.0-50000.0)
(1.0-150.0)
ESC
Capacity
Charging Eff
96 %
Time 0.1C10
10.00 h
Time 0.2C10
Time 0.3C10
4.90 h
3.00 h
Time 0.4C10
2.00 h
Time 0.5C10
1.40 h
Time 0.6C10
Time 0.7C10
1.20 h
1.10 h
Time 0.8C10
0.90 h
Time 0.9C10
Time 1.0C10
0.70 h
0.50 h
Charge
Float Voltage
54.0 V
EQ Voltage
56.5 V
Batt Curr Limit
0.10 C10
Over Curr Lmt
0.30 C10
Auto EQ
No
EQ Start Curr
0.060 C10
EQ Start Cap
80.0 %
EQ Stop Curr
0.010 C10
EQ Stop Delay
180 min
Maximum EQ Time
1080 min
Cyc EQ
No
Cyc EQ Interval
100 days
Cyc EQ Duration
720 min
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
(10-100)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
(0.00-10.00)
User Instructions
(0-2)
(no / yes)
(25-100)
(no / yes)
(None / SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... /
SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 /
IB2 T2 / IB2 T1 / System T3 / System T2 / System T1 /
Average SMBRC / Average / Maximum)
(0-100)
(0-100)
(disabled / lower voltage)
(45-55) (22.5-27.5)
(1-60)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
(0.10-0.25)
(0.30-1.00)
(no / yes)
(0.040-0.080)
(0-99)
(0.002-0.020)
(0-1440)
(60-2880)
(no/yes)
(2-365)
(30-2880)
88 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
LVD Group
B4
ENT
ESC
LVD
LVD Group
LVD Unit
ENT
ENT
ESC
HTD Recon Point
38.0 deg. C
HTD Point
40.0 deg. C
ENT
SMDU 1 LVD
ESC
LVD Unit
LVD1
Enable
LVD1 Mode
LVD1 Volt
Voltage
42.0 V
LVD1 Recon Volt
49.0 V
LVD1 ReconDelay
1 min
LVD1 Time
300 min
LVD1 Dependency
None
LVD2
Enable
LVD2 Mode
Voltage
LVD2 Volt
42.0 V
LVD2 Recon Volt
49.0 V
LVD2 ReconDelay
1 min
LVD2 Time
600 min
LVD2 Dependency
None
HTD1
Disable
HTD2
Disable
LVD Type
Bistable
ESC
SMDU 1 LVD
LVD 1
Enable
LVD 1 Mode
Voltage
LVD 1 Voltage
42.0 V
LVD1 Recon Volt
49.0 V
LVD1 ReconDelay
1 min
LVD 1 Time
300 min
LVD1 Dependency
None
LVD 2
Enable
LVD 2 Mode
Voltage
LVD 2 Voltage
42.0 V
LVD2 Recon Volt
49.0 V
LVD2 ReconDelay
1 min
LVD 2 Time
600 min
LVD2 Dependency
None
HTD 1
Disable
HTD 2
Disable
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
(20-80)
(20-80)
(enable / disable)
(voltage / time)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(1-30)
(30-1000)
(none / LVD1 / LVD2)
(enable / disable)
(voltage / time)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(1-30)
(30-1000)
B6
ENT
ESC
(none / LVD1 / LVD2)
(enable / disable)
(enabled / disable)
(bistable / mono-stable / mono w/sample)
(enable / disable)
(voltage / time)
B5
ENT
ESC
EIB
EIB 1
Displayed when “Voltage Type” set for other then “disable” and
“Block In-Use” set for other then “0”.
EIB 1
Shunt 1 Current
500.0 A
Shunt 1 Voltage
75.0 mV
Shunt 2 Current
500.0 A
Shunt 2 Voltage
Block In-Use
0
(50.0-50000.0)
(1.0-150.0)
(50.0-50000.0)
75.0 mV
Shunt 3 Current
500.0 A
Shunt 3 Voltage
75.0 mV
Num Batt Shunts
0
Num Load Shunts
0
(1.0-150.0)
(0-3)
(0-3)
Voltage Type
48 (Block 4) (disable / 24 (block 2) / midpoint / 48 (block 4))
Blk V Diff(12V)
1
Blk V Diff(Mid)
1
(1.0-150.0)
(50.0-50000.0)
(0 - 2)
(0 - 2)
(0-8)
SMDU
SMDU 1
SMDU 1
Shunt 1 Voltage
75 mV
Shunt 1 Current
500 A
Shunt 2 Voltage
75 mV
Shunt 2 Current
500 A
Shunt 3 Voltage
75 mV
Shunt 3 Current
500 A
Shunt 4 Voltage
75 mV
Shunt 4 Current
500 A
Shunt 5 Voltage
75 mV
Shunt 5 Current
500 A
(25-75)
(100-2000)
(25-75)
(100-2000)
(25-75)
(100-2000)
(25-75)
(100-2000)
(25-75)
(100-2000)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(1-30)
(30-1000)
B7
ENT
ESC
SMTemp
SMTemp 1
SMTemp 1
T1 Assign Equip
Ambient (None / Battery / Ambient)
...
T8 Assign Equip
None (None / Battery / Ambient)
(none / LVD1 / LVD2)
(enable / disable)
(voltage / time)
(40-60) (20-30)
(40-60) (20-30)
(1-30)
(30-1000)
(none / LVD1 / LVD2)
(enable / disable)
(enabled / disable)
(cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 89
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
ECO Mode
D
C
ENT
ENT
ESC
ESC
ECO Mode
Enabled
Best Oper Point
80 %
Energy Save Pt
45 %
Fluct Range
10 %
Cycle Period
168 hour
Rects ON Time
120 min
Turn Off Delay
5 min
Manual
Man/Auto Set
Power System
Rectifier
Batt Group
LVD
EIB
Converter
SMTemp
(disabled / enabled)
(30-90)
(10-90)
(1-50)
(1-8760)
(0-255)
(1-60)
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ESC
Man/Auto Set
Auto/Man State
Auto
ESC
Power System
Relay Output 1
Active
...
Relay Output 8
Active
Clr MtncRunTime
Yes
*
(auto / manual)
*
(active / not active)
(active/ not active)
ESC
Rectifier
All Rect Ctrl
Rect #1
Rect #2
ESC
Batt Group
EQ/FLT Control
Float Charge
BattTestControl
Stop
Reset Batt Cap
Yes
Clr Bad Bat Alm
Yes
Clr LiBatt Lost
Clear
ClrLiBatComFail
Clear
Clr AbnlCur Alm
Yes
Clr Cur Imb Alm
Yes
ClrBatTestFail
Yes
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
ENT
ENT
(equalize charge)
(start)
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
ESC
All Rect Ctrl
Rectifier Trim
53.9 V
DC On/Off Ctrl
Switch On All
AC On/Off Ctrl
Switch On All
Rect LED Ctrl
Stop Flashing
Fan Speed Ctrl
Auto Speed
Confirm ID/PH
Yes
Clear Rect Lost
Clear
Reset Cycle Alm
Clear
Clear Comm Fail
Yes
*
*
*
*
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
(switch off all)
(switch off all)
(all flashing)
(full speed)
ESC
Rect #1
DC On/Off Ctrl
On
AC On/Off Ctrl
On
LED Control
LED Control
Rectifier Reset
Reset
*
(on / off)
(on / off)
(LED control / cancel)
ENT
ENT
ESC
LVD Unit
LVD1 Control
Connected
LVD2 Control
Connected
(disconnected)
(disconnected)
ESC
LVD
LVD Group
LVD Unit
ENT
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
ESC
EIB
EIB 1
ENT
ESC
EIB 1
Relay Output 9
Active
Relay Output 10
Active
Relay Output 11
Active
Relay Output 12
Active
Relay Output 13
Active
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the
ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
ESC
SMTemp
SMTemp Group
SMTemp 1
SMTemp 2
ESC
Converter
All Conv Ctrl
Conv #1
Conv #2
ENT
ENT
ENT
ENT
ESC
SMTemp Group
Clr SMTemp Lost
Clear
ESC
SMTemp 1
Clr Probe Alm
Clear
*
ESC
All Conv Ctrl
Converter Trim
42.0V
DC On/Off Ctrl
Switch On All
Conv LED Ctrl
Stop Flashing
Fan Speed Ctrl
Auto Speed
Confirm ID
Yes
Clear Conv Lost
Clear
Clear Comm Fail
Yes
ClrAllCommFail
Yes
*
*
*
*
Note
Items marked with an asterisk (*) can be changed while in Auto Mode. Before any other settings in the Manual submenus can be changed, you must first place the controller into Manual Mode. Use the MAN/AUTO SET menu to change the Controller from Auto Mode to Manual Mode.
*
When you return to Auto Mode, any settings changed in Manual Mode are returned to their previous setting
(setting before being placed in Manual Mode).
ESC
Conv #1
DC On/Off Ctrl
On
Over Volt Reset
On
LED Control
Cancel
cont’d from previous page, cont’d on next page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
(active/ not active)
(active/ not active)
(active/ not active)
(active/ not active)
(active/ not active)
(42.0-58.0)
(Switch Off All / Switch On All)
(All Flashing / Stop Flashing)
(Full Speed / Auto Speed)
(On / Off)
(On / Off)
(Flash / Cancel)
90 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
E
ENT
Quick Setting
Auto/Manual
ENT
ESC
ECO Mode Set
ENT
ENT
FLT/EQ Volt
ENT
FLT/EQ Set
ENT
Temp Comp
ENT
RectExpansion
To Select a Sub-Menu:
Press or to move cursor in menu screen (selects menu item).
Press ENT to enter selected sub-menu.
To Change a Parameter:
Press or to move up and down list of parameters.
Press ENT to highlight selected parameter.
Press or to change highlighted value.
Press ENT to make the change.
Press ESC to cancel the change.
The parameter values shown in ( ) are the adjustment range or acceptable values.
Factory default settings are listed in the
ACU+ Configuration Drawing (C-dwg) furnished with your system.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
ESC
Auto/Manual
Auto/Man State
Auto
ESC
ECO Mode Set
ECO Mode
Enabled
Energy Save Pt
45 %
Best Oper Point
80 %
Fluct Range
10 %
Cycle Period
168 hour
Rects ON Time
120 min
Turn Off Delay
5 min
ESC
FLT/EQ Volt
Float Voltage
54.0 V
EQ Voltage
56.5 V
(auto / manual)
(disabled / enabled)
(10-90)
(30-90)
(1-50)
(1-8760)
(0-255)
(1-60)
(42.0-50.0) (21.0-29.0)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
ESC
FLT/EQ Set
Auto EQ
No
EQ Start Curr
0.060 C10
EQ Start Cap
80.0 %
EQ Stop Curr
0.010 C10
EQ Stop Delay
180 min
Maximum EQ Time
1080 min
Cyc EQ
No
Cyc EQ Interval
100 days
Cyc EQ Duration
720 min
(no / yes)
(0.040-0.080)
(0-99)
(0.002-0.020)
(0-1440)
(60-2880)
(no / yes)
(2-365)
(30-2880)
The temperature monitored by the
Temp. Probe selected here as the TempComp
Sensor is also displayed on the Homepage of the Web Interface as battery temperature.
ESC
Temp Comp
Temp CompCenter
25.0 deg. C
Temp Comp Coeff
(0.0-40.0)
72.0 mV/deg. C (0.0-500.0)
TempComp Sensor
None (None / SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... /
SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 /
IB2 T2 / IB2 T1 / System T3 / System T2 / System T1 /
Average SMBRC / Average / Maximum)
Comp Temp High2
60 deg. C
Comp Temp High1
50 deg. C
(0-100)
(0-100)
Comp Temp Low
-10.0 deg. C
Temp Comp Clamp
Enabled
Temp Comp Max V
29.0
Temp Comp Min V
26.0
(-40 to +100)
(disabled / enabled)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
(42.0-58.0) (21.0-29.0)
ESC
Rect Expansion
Rect Expansion inactive
Address (Slave)
201
(cont’d from previous page)
Local Menu Flow Diagrams
(inactive / primary / secondary)
(201 / 202 / 203)
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 91
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
3.3 Description of Local Display (and Web Interface) Menus Line Items
The following are descriptions of the editable parameters presented in the local display menus. Parameter descriptions can also be used for the WEB Interface menus. Note that the names in the WEB Interface menus may be longer since the WEB Interface allows more characters to be displayed then the local (LCD) display.
3.3.1 Settings Menu
Alarm Setting
Alarm Severity Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alm Severity
Note: For WEB Interface, menu item is found under Configuration / Signal Information Modification
/ select “Alarm Signal” in “Signal Type” drop-down box.
"Alarm Severity" Parameter Settings:
Use the menus to assign an Alarm Severity Level (none, minor, major, critical) to each possible alarm.
Alarm Relay Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Relay
Note: For WEB Interface, menu item is found under Configuration / Alarm Relays.
"Alarm Relay" Parameter Settings:
Use the menus to assign an alarm relay (for connection of external alarm circuits) to each possible alarm.
Alarm Param Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Alarm Setting / Alarm Param
Note: For WEB Interface;
“Block Alarm” menu item is found under Device Information / Power
System / Settings Tab
, “Clr Alarm Hist” menu item is found under Maintenance / Clear Data, and
“Alarm Voice” menu item is not available.
"Alarm Param" Parameter Settings:
Alarm Voice: Programs the audible alarm feature.
Off: Disables the audible alarm.
On: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds.
Press any key to silence the audible alarm.
3 minutes / 10 minutes / 1 hour / 4 hours: When a new alarm occurs, the audible alarm sounds. The audible alarm automatically silences after the selected time period.
Block Alarm
Normal: Alarms are processed normally.
Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.
Clr Alm Hist: The only selection for "Clr Alm Hist" is Yes. Once Yes is selected and confirmed, the alarm history log is cleared.
92 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Power System
General Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / General
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Power System /
Settings Tab.
"General" Parameter Settings:
Auto/Man State
Auto: The Controller automatically controls the power system.
Manual: A User can manually change power system control settings. When you return to Auto Mode, any settings changed in Manual Mode are returned to their previous setting (setting before being placed in Manual Mode).
Manual Mode Lmt: Time delay before returning to automatic control after being set for manual control. A "0" setting disables the "Manual Mode Lmt" feature and the Controller
MUST be manually set to Auto control after being set to Manual control.
Mtnc Cycle Time: The maintenance cycle time is the number of days before a
Maintenance Alarm is issued. To reset the maintenance timer and clear the Maintenance
Alarm, clear the Maintenance Run Time (Main Menu / Manual / Power System / Clr
MtncRunTime).
EStop / EShutdown
Disabled: Disables the Emergency Stop and Emergency Shutdown functions.
EStop: Enables the Emergency Stop function.
EShutdown: Enables the Emergency Shutdown function.
Load Curr Alarm: Sets the load current alarm point.
Alarm Blocked
Normal: Alarms are processed normally.
Blocked: Forces the alarm relays in the "off" state and blocks alarms from changing the relay state.
Rect Expansion
Inactive: Select this option if this is the only ACU+ Controller in the power system.
Primary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple
ACU+ Controllers, and this ACU+ Controller is to be the Primary Controller. Note that only one (1) ACU+ Controller can be set as the Primary Controller.
Secondary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple ACU+ Controllers, and this ACU+ Controller is to be a Secondary Controller.
_____________________
Up to four (4) ACU+ Controllers can be connected together when a power system requires a greater number of rectifiers than can be controlled by a single ACU+ Controller. One (1)
Controller is designated as the primary Controller, the others as secondary Controllers.
The rectifiers controlled by the secondary Controllers are designated as RectifierGroup 2 though 4 in the menus.
Primary/Secondary Procedure:
Note: Changing the Rectifier Expansion setting may take more than 3 minutes for the
ACU+ to configure the feature.
1) Connect the ACU+ Controllers in the multiple bays via the RS485 interface.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 93
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2) Set one of the ACU+ Controllers as the Primary Controller via the Rect Expansion menu item in the Power System "General" Parameters menu.
3) Set all other ACU+ Controllers as Secondary Controllers via the Rect Expansion menu item in the Power System "General" Parameters menu.
4) Set the Address of the ACU+ Controllers set as Secondary Controllers to 201, 202, or 203 via the Address (Slave) menu item in the Power System "General"
Parameters menu. Note that each Secondary Controller must be set to a different address.
_____________________
Address (Slave): Sets the address of an ACU+ Controller set as a Secondary Controller.
Over Voltage 1: Sets the Over Voltage 1 alarm point.
Over Voltage 2: Sets the Over Voltage 2 alarm point.
Under Voltage 1: Sets the Under Voltage 1 alarm point.
Under Voltage 2: Sets the Under Voltage 2 alarm point.
Fail Safe: When enabled, sets the relay designated as the "critical summary" alarm relay to operate in the "fail safe" mode. In this mode, the relay is energized during normal operation and de-energized for an alarm condition.
Hybrid Mode: Refer to
“1.3.11 Hybrid Control Function” for more information on the Hybrid
Mode.
Disable / Fixed Daily / Capacity: Sets the Hybrid Mode or disables the function.
DG Run Overtemp: Enables or disables diesel generator operation in an over temperature condition.
DG Run Time: Sets the diesel generator run time.
DG Used: Sets the diesel generator(s) to be utilized.
DI for Grid: Sets the digital input monitoring the grid.
DOD: Sets the Depth of Discharge.
Dsch Duration: Sets the discharge duration.
Start Dsch Time: Sets the start time for discharge.
High Load Set: Sets the high load point.
Equal StartTime: Sets the start time for equalizing.
DG Alarm Delay: Sets the diesel generator alarm delay.
Fail Safe: Tells the Controller the fail safe mode of the relay contacts connected to start the generator(s) (either normally open or normally close).
Contactor Mode: Enables or disables the Power Split feature (
“master control” indicates the ACU+ system operates normally and
“slave control” indicates the ACU+ system is a slave system of the existing legacy system).
See also
Relay Test: Sets the Relay Test feature to Automatic, Individual, or disables the feature.
Relay Test Time: Sets the Relay Test Time for the Automatic Relay Test feature.
HighLoadLevel1: Sets the High Load Level 1 alarm.
HighLoadLevel2: Sets the High Load Level 2 alarm.
DI1 through D18 Alarm State: Sets the alarm state for the digital input (high or low).
Amb Temp Sensor: Sets the temperature sensor which displays the ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage. Note that this temperature sensor MUST be set as an
94 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D) ambient temperature sensor. Select "None", or the temperature probe (SMTemp8 T8 / ... /
SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1).
You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... /
SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) set as ambient temperature probes.
Amb Temp High2: Allows you to set a high ambient temperature alarm 2 point.
Amb Temp High1: Allows you to set a high ambient temperature alarm 1 point.
Amb Temp Low: Allows you to set a low ambient temperature alarm point.
System Temp1: Not used.
System Temp2: Not used.
System Temp3: Not used.
IB2 Temp1: Sets temperature port 1 on the IB2 board to None, Battery, or Ambient.
IB2 Temp2: Sets temperature port 2 on the IB2 board to None, Battery, or Ambient.
EIB Temp1: Sets temperature port 1 on the EIB board to None, Battery, or Ambient.
EIB Temp2: Sets temperature port 2 on the EIB board to None, Battery, or Ambient.
Note: You can set High2, High1, and Low temperature alarms for each temperature sensor
(from the Web Interface). Note that you cannot set high and low temperature alarms for individual temperature sensors from the Local Menus. High and low temperature alarm settings for the temperature sensors set as ambient are found in the Device Information
/ Power System / Settings tab. High and low temperature alarm settings for the probes set as battery are found in the Device Information / Battery Group / Settings tab.
Power Split Menu
See also
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Power System / Power Split
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Power System /
Settings Tab.
"Power Split" Parameter Settings:
Slave Curr Lmt: Current limit point for power system designated as the slave system in a
"Power Split" configuration.
Delta Volt: The offset voltage that the power system designated as the slave system in a
"Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (0.5 volts).
Proportion Coeff: The proportional coefficient that the power system designated as the slave system in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (30%).
Integral Time: The integral time that the power system designated as the slave system in a "Power Split" configuration is set to. It is suggested to leave this value at the default (60 seconds).
Rectifier
All Rect Set Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Rectifier / All Rect Set
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Rectifier Group /
Settings Tab.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 95
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
"All Rect Set" Parameter Settings:
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown feature for all rectifiers.
HVSD Limit: Sets the High Voltage Shutdown point for all rectifiers.
Restart on HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature for all rectifiers.
HVSD Restart T: When the High Voltage Shutdown Restart feature is enabled and the output exceeds the high voltage limit, the rectifiers restart after this time period expires.
Start Interval: Sets the sequence start interval (time period between starting each rectifier in the system).
Walk-In: Enables or disables the start-up walk-in feature for all rectifiers.
Walk-In Time: Sets the walk-in time period for all rectifiers.
Turn On ACOverV: Enables or disables the "Turn On AC Over Voltage" feature. When the system is operating on “week” grid input power (i.e. diesel generator), the input voltage may have a very high peak voltage which may cause a rectifier not to turn on. If “Turn On
AC Over Voltage" feature is enabled, the rectifier is forced to turn on.
ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization feature for all rectifiers. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
Best Oper Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the
Energy Optimization mode.
Fluct Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy Optimization.
Energy Save Pt: Energy Optimization is disabled if the load is greater than this setting.
Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system.
Rects ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at End of Cycle.
Turn Off Delay: When the Energy Optimization feature determines a rectifier can be switched off, this is the time delay before the rectifier is switched off.
Input Curr Lmt: Sets the Input Current Limit point for all rectifiers.
MixHE Power: Allows the system to use rectifiers of different output capacity. When set to derated power, the output capacity of the higher capacity rectifiers are set to the capacity of the lowest.
DG Pwr Lmt: Enables or disables the Diesel Power Limit feature. This feature limits rectifier output power to a percentage of maximum when AC input is supplied by a diesel-alternator set.
Diesel DI Input: Designates which digital input controls operation of the Diesel Power
Limit feature.
DG Pwr Lmt Pt: Sets, as a percentage, the maximum output power at which rectifiers can operate when: 1. the Diesel Power Limit feature is enabled and 2. a digital input signal is received from the connected diesel-alternator set.
Current Limit: Enables or disables output current limit.
Current Limit Pt: Sets the output current limit point.
Rect #1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Rectifier / Rect #1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Rectifier Group /
Rectifier #1 / Settings Tab.
96 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
" Rect #1" Parameter Settings:
Rectifier ID: Sets the rectifier position in the system.
Rect Phase: Indicates the phase connected to the rectifier input.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Battery
Basic Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Basic
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group /
Settings Tab.
"Basic" Parameter Settings:
Num Batt Shunts: Sets the number of battery shunts in the system.
Calc Batt Curr: Selects whether or not the ACU+ calculates the battery current in the case of no battery shunt (load shunt required).
Low Capacity Pt: Battery low capacity alarm set point.
Current Limited: Enables or disables battery charge current limit.
BTRM TempSensor: Sets the BTRM (Battery Thermal Runaway Management) temperature sensor. Note that this temperature sensor MUST be set as a battery temperature sensor. Select "None", or the temperature probe (SMTemp8 T8 / ... /
SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1).
You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... /
SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings.
Note: The BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the High Temperature Disconnect
(HTD) Feature.
BTRM Temp High2: Allows you to set a high BTRM temperature alarm 2 point. If battery temperature exceeds the
“BTRM Temp High2” setting, system voltage is lowered to the
“BTRM Voltage” setting (if BTRM Action is enabled).
BTRM Temp High1: Allows you to set a high BTRM temperature alarm 1 point.
BTRM Action
Disabled: Disables the Battery Thermal Runaway Management feature.
Lower Voltage: Sets the Battery Thermal Runaway Management feature to reducing the output voltage when battery temperature exceeds the BTRM Temp setting.
BTRM Voltage: Voltage that the system is set to when battery temperature exceeds the
“BTRM Temp High2” setting.
ABCL Point: The ABCL (Active Battery Charge Current Limit) point is the maximum Li-Ion battery charging current setting.
Charge Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Charge
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group /
Settings Tab.
"Charge" Parameter Settings:
Float Voltage: Float Charge output voltage setting.
EQ Voltage: Equalize Charge output voltage setting.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 97
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Batt Curr Limit: Maximum battery charging current setting. For example, a value of
0.150C10 means that the charging current is limited to 15% of the battery’s nominal capacity.
Over Curr Lmt: Battery over current alarm setting. For example, a value of 0.300C10 means that when the charging current reaches 30% of the battery’s nominal capacity, an alarm will be extended.
Auto EQ: Enables or disables the Automatic Equalize Charge feature. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
EQ Start Curr: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when battery charge current increases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.060C10 means that an Automatic Equalize is started if the battery charge current is greater than 6% of the battery’s nominal capacity.
EQ Start Cap: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting.
EQ Stop Curr: When in Equalize Charge mode and the battery charge current decreases below this setting for the "EQ Stop Delay" time period, the system is transferred to Float Charge mode. For example, a value of 0.010C10 means that when the charging current is less than 1% of the battery’s nominal capacity, the system returns to the Float mode.
EQ Stop Delay: See "EQ Stop Curr" above.
Note: If the power system has been automatically placed in Equalize mode, disabling
Auto EQ will not return the system to Float mode until the current Equalize cycle is completed. To return immediately to Float mode, navigate as follows: Main Menu /
Manual / Batt Group /
“EQ/FLT Control”, and select Float Charge.
Maximum EQ Time: This is the maximum duration, in minutes, that an Automatic Equalize
Charge will last regardless of the other settings.
Cyc EQ: Enables or disables cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
Cyc EQ Interval: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging interval.
Cyc EQ Duration: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging duration.
Test Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Test
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group /
Settings Tab.
"Test" Parameter Settings:
Test Volt Lmt: System output voltage setting during a battery discharge test.
Test End Volt:
This is the “end of test voltage level” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if battery voltage decreases to this setting.
End Test Time:
This is the "end of test time period” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if this time period is exceeded.
EndTestCapacity:
This is the "end of test remaining battery capacity” for battery discharge tests. A battery discharge test will end if remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.700C10 means that when the discharging current reaches 70% of the battery’s nominal capacity, the battery test is ended.
RecordThreshold: This setting indicates the interval battery voltage is recorded during a battery discharge test.
98 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
AC Fail Test: Enables or disables starting a battery discharge test during an AC input failure condition.
Planned Tests: Number of planned battery discharge test per year. A "0" setting disables the planned test feature.
Test 1 (M-D Hr): Setting for when planned battery discharge test #1 occurs. Note that there can be up to (12) battery discharge tests per year.
Const Curr Test: Enables or disables a Constant Current Battery Discharge Test. During this test, the Controller automatically adjusts the rectifiers output voltage to maintain the battery discharge current at a preset value "ConstCurrT Curr".
ConstCurrT Curr: Constant current setting for a Constant Current Battery Discharge
Test.
Short Test: Enables or disables a Short Battery Discharge Test. A Short Battery
Discharge Test is a short duration battery discharge test used to verify that parallel batteries are discharging equally. If the discharge current difference between the two batteries exceeds a preset value, an alarm is generated.
Note: This test requires a system with two battery shunts.
ShortTest Cycle: Short Battery Discharge Test interval.
Short Test Time: Short Battery Discharge Test duration.
Max Diff Curr: An alarm is generated if the maximum difference between discharge currents of the two batteries exceeds this limit.
BattTestLowCap: If remaining battery capacity is less than this value, a battery discharge test will not be started.
Temp Comp Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Temp Comp
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group /
Settings Tab.
"Temp Comp" Parameter Settings:
Temp CompCenter: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels.
Temp Comp Coeff: Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the "Temp Comp" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str). For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a 24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell.
TempComp Sensor: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 /
EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... /
SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings.
Note: The temperature compensation sensor is also the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.
Comp Temp High2: Allows you to set a high compensation temperature alarm 2 point.
Comp Temp High1: Allows you to set a high compensation temperature alarm 1 point.
Comp Temp Low: Allows you to set a low compensation temperature alarm point.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 99
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Temp Comp Clamp: Enables or disables the temperature compensation voltage clamp feature.
Temp Comp Max V: Upper voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.
Temp Comp Min V: Lower voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.
Capacity Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Capacity
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group /
Settings Tab.
"Capacity" Parameter Settings:
Charging Eff: Value used to calculate remaining capacity of the battery.
Time 0.1C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.1C10.
Time 0.2C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.2C10.
Time 0.3C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.3C10.
Time 0.4C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.4C10.
Time 0.5C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.5C10.
Time 0.6C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.6C10.
Time 0.7C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.7C10.
Time 0.8C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.8C10.
Time 0.9C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 0.9C10.
Time 1.0C10: Discharge time with a discharge current of 1.0C10.
Battery # Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Battery / Battery #
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group / Battery
# / Settings Tab.
"Battery #" Parameter Settings:
Rated Capacity:
Enter the battery string’s rated capacity.
Shunt Current:
Enter the battery string’s shunt current rating.
Shunt Voltage:
Enter the battery string’s shunt voltage rating.
BattFuseUnit
BattFuseUnit Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / BattFuseUnit
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Fuse Group /
Battery Fuse Unit / Settings Tab.
"BattFuseUnit" Parameter Settings:
Num of Bat Fuse: Designates the number of battery fuses in the system.
DC
DC Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / DC
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / DC / Settings Tab.
100 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
"DC" Parameter Settings:
Shunt Current: Enter the load shunt
’s current rating.
Shunt Voltage: Enter the load shunt
’s voltage rating.
LoadShuntExist: Select whether a load shunt exists or not.
LVD
LVD Group Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / LVD / LVD Group
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / LVD Group / Settings
Tab.
Note: This feature requires a BTRM sensor. The BTRM sensor is the sensor which is used for the
High Temperature Disconnect (HTD) Feature.
"LVD Group" Parameter Settings:
HTD Recon Point: Sets temperature at which a reconnect will occur following a High
Temperature Disconnect.
HTD Point: Sets high temperature limit at which LVD1 and/or LVD2 contactors will open
(disconnect) if the HTD1 and/or HTD2 features are enabled. If this temperature is reached, a disconnect occurs regardless of voltage.
LVD Unit Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / LVD / LVD Unit
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / LVD Group / LVD Unit
/ Settings Tab.
"LVD Unit" Parameter Settings:
LVD1: Enables or disables LVD1.
LVD1 Mode: Sets LVD1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.
LVD1 Volt: LVD1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD1 Recon Volt: LVD1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD1 ReconDelay: Delay time period until LVD1 reconnects once voltage recovers
(when LVD set for voltage).
LVD1 Time: The time period before LVD1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).
LVD1 Dependency: Select if LVD1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.
LVD2: Enables or disables LVD2.
LVD2 Mode: Sets LVD2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.
LVD2 Volt: LVD2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD2 Recon Volt: LVD2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD2 ReconDelay: Delay time period until LVD2 reconnects once voltage recovers
(when LVD set for voltage).
LVD2 Time: The time period before LVD2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).
LVD2 Dependency: Select if LVD2 can disconnect only if LVD1 has disconnected, or none.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 101
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
HTD1: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD1 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See
HTD selections in the "LVD Group" Parameter Settings.)
HTD2: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD2 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See
HTD selections in the "LVD Group" Parameter Settings.)
LVD Type: Select the type of LVD Contactor. This setting should not be changed.
SMDU 1 LVD Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / LVD / SMDU 1 LVD
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / LVD Group / SMDU 1
LVD / Settings Tab.
"SMDU 1 LVD" Parameter Settings:
LVD 1: Enables or disables LVD1.
LVD 1 Mode: Sets LVD1 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.
LVD 1 Voltage: LVD1 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD1 Recon Volt: LVD1 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD1 ReconDelay: Delay time period until LVD1 reconnects once voltage recovers
(when LVD set for voltage).
LVD 1 Time: The time period before LVD1 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).
LVD1 Dependency: Select if LVD1 can disconnect only if LVD2 has disconnected, or none.
LVD 2: Enables or disables LVD2.
LVD 2 Mode: Sets LVD2 to disconnect on a voltage or time setpoint.
LVD 2 Voltage: LVD2 low voltage disconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD2 Recon Volt: LVD2 reconnect setting (when LVD set for voltage).
LVD2 ReconDelay: Delay time period until LVD2 reconnects once voltage recovers
(when LVD set for voltage).
LVD 2 Time: The time period before LVD2 disconnection once an AC fail condition occurs (when LVD set for time).
LVD2 Dependency: Select if LVD2 can disconnect only if LVD1 has disconnected, or none.
HTD 1: Enables or disables the High Temperature 1 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD1 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See
HTD selections in the "LVD Group" Parameter Settings.)
HTD 2: Enables or disables the High Temperature 2 Disconnect feature. This feature causes LVD2 contactors to open (disconnect) if a high temperature event occurs. (See
HTD selections in the "LVD Group" Parameter Settings.)
AC
Rect AC Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / AC / Rect AC
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / AC Group / Rect AC /
Settings Tab.
102 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
"Rect AC" Parameter Settings:
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Nominal PH-Volt: Enter the nominal line-to-neutral voltage (single phase rectifier) or nominal line-to-line voltage (three phase rectifier).
Mains Fail Alm1: Sets the Mains Fail Alarm 1 value (percent of nominal).
Mains Fail Alm2: Sets the Mains Fail Alarm 2 value (percent of nominal).
Corresponding Alarms:
Phase A Voltage Low 1 (Nominal Minus "Mains Fail Alarm 1 Percent of Nominal)
Phase A Voltage Low 2 (Nominal Minus " Mains Fail Alarm 2 Percent of Nominal)
Phase A Voltage High 1 (Nominal Plus " Mains Fail Alarm 1 Percent of Nominal)
Phase A Voltage High 2 (Nominal Plus "V Mains Fail Alarm 2 Percent of Nominal)
Phase A used in the example above, Phase B and Phase C are similar.
EIB
EIB 1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / EIB / EIB 1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / EIB Group / EIB 1 /
Settings Tab.
"EIB 1" Parameter Settings:
Shunt 1 Current: Enter the shunt 1 current rating.
Shunt 1 Voltage: Enter the shunt 1 voltage rating.
Shunt 2 Current: Enter the shunt 2 current rating.
Shunt 2 Voltage: Enter the shunt 2 voltage rating.
Shunt 3 Current: Enter the shunt 3 current rating.
Shunt 3 Voltage: Enter the shunt 3 voltage rating.
Num Batt Shunts: Enter the number of battery shunts connected to the EIB assembly.
Num Load Shunts: Enter the number of load shunts connected to the EIB assembly.
Voltage Type: The EIB assembly provides a total of eight (8) DC voltage inputs for battery block monitoring. 24 (Block 2) selects the EIB to monitor up to four (4) 24V battery strings with two (2) 12V blocks per string. 48 (Block 4) selects the EIB to monitor up to two (2) 48V battery strings with four (4) 12V blocks per string. Midpoint selects the EIB to monitor the midpoint voltage of up to eight (8) battery strings for either 24V or 48V systems.
Blk V Diff(12V):
This menu item appears if “24 (Block 2)” or “48 (Block 4)” is selected above.
The “BlockVDiff(12V)” setting above selects the alarm threshold for battery block monitoring. The ACU+ issues an alarm when any block voltage of any battery string has an abnormal value. The alarm is issued when the difference between any block voltage and a reference voltage is greater than the value of the block voltage difference setting.
Blk V Diff(Mid):
This menu item appears if “Midpoint” is selected above. The
“BlockVDiff(Mid)” setting above selects the alarm threshold for battery midpoint monitoring. The ACU+ issues an alarm when any battery midpoint voltage of any battery string has an abnormal value. The alarm is issued when the difference between any battery midpoint voltage and a reference voltage is greater than the value of the block voltage difference setting.
Block In-Use: Number of 12V battery blocks being used.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 103
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
SMDU
SMDU 1 Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / SMDU / SMDU 1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / SMDU Group / SMDU 1
/ Settings Tab.
"SMDU 1" Parameter Settings:
Shunt 1 Voltage: Enter the shunt 1 voltage rating.
Shunt 1 Current: Enter the shunt 1 current rating.
Shunt 2 Voltage: Enter the shunt 2 voltage rating.
Shunt 2 Current: Enter the shunt 2 current rating.
Shunt 3 Voltage: Enter the shunt 3 voltage rating.
Shunt 3 Current: Enter the shunt 3 current rating.
Shunt 4 Voltage: Enter the shunt 4 voltage rating.
Shunt 4 Current: Enter the shunt 4 current rating.
Shunt 5 Voltage: Enter the shunt 5 voltage rating.
Shunt 5 Current: Enter the shunt 5 current rating.
Converter
All Conv Set Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Converter / All Conv Set
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Converter Group /
Settings Tab.
"All Conv Set" Parameter Settings:
Output Voltage: Sets the output voltage for all converters.
Under Voltage: Sets the Under Voltage alarm point.
Over Voltage: Sets the Over Voltage alarm point.
Over Current: Sets the Over Current alarm point.
HVSD: Enables or disables the High Voltage Shutdown feature for all converters.
HVSD Limit: Sets the High Voltage Shutdown point for all converters.
Current Limit: Enables or disables output current limit.
Current Limit Pt: Sets the output current limit point.
Conv #1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Converter / Conv #1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Converter Group /
Converter #1 / Settings Tab.
" Conv #1" Parameter Settings:
Set Conv ID: Sets the converter position in the system.
104 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
SMTemp
SMTemp # Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / SMTemp / SMTemp #
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / SM Temp Group / SM
Temp # / Setting Tab.
"SMTemp #" Parameter Settings:
T# Assign Equip: Sets temperature port # on the SM-Temp # module to None, Battery, or
Ambient.
Note: You can set High2, High1, and Low temperature alarms for each temperature sensor
(from the Web Interface). Note that you cannot set high and low temperature alarms for individual temperature sensors from the Local Menus. High and low temperature alarm settings for the temperature sensors set as ambient are found in the Device Information
/ Power System / Settings tab. High and low temperature alarm settings for the probes set as battery are found in the Device Information / Battery Group / Settings tab.
Communication
Communication Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Communication
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Maintenance / Network Configuration.
"Communication" Parameter Settings:
Controller
DHCP: The DHCP function allows the Controller to acquire an IP address automatically.
This function can only be enabled or disabled via the local LCD display and keypad. If this function is enabled and the acquisition of an IP address fails, an alarm is generated. If the acquisition of an IP address is successful, you need to record the IP address automatically acquired by the Controller to access the Controller via the Web Interface.
IP Address: Sets the Controller's IP address.
Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where 0
≤ nnn ≤ 255.
The address must be a valid address and must not be 255.255.255.255.
Subnet Mask: Sets the Controller's network netmask.
Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where 0
≤ nnn ≤ 255.
Default Gateway: Sets the Controller's gateway address.
Enter the address in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where 0
≤ nnn ≤ 255.
This is the address of the gateway of the network on which the Controller resides.
The address must be a valid address and must not be 255.255.255.255.
Controller Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Settings / Controller
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under the Maintenance and Configuration menus.
"Controller" Parameter Settings:
Language: Select the language the menus are displayed in.
Date: Sets the date.
Time: Sets the time.
Keypad Voice: Sets the keypad sound on or off.
Reload Config: Reloads the configuration that resides in memory (restores factory defaults).
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 105
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Download Config: Downloads a configuration file into the Controller.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Auto Config: Auto configures the Controller for the devices connected to it.
3.3.2 ECO Mode (Energy Optimization) Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / ECO Mode
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings / ECO Mode Setting.
"ECO Mode" Parameter Settings:
ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization Mode feature for all rectifiers.
When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
Best Oper Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the
Energy Optimization mode.
Energy Save Pt: Energy Optimization is disabled if the load is greater than this setting.
Fluct Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy Optimization.
Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system.
Rects ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at End of Cycle.
Turn Off Delay: When the Energy Optimization feature determines a rectifier can be switched off, this is the time delay before the rectifier is switched off.
3.3.3 Manual Menu
Note: Menu items shown with an asterisk (*) can be changed while in Auto Mode. Before any other settings in this section can be changed, you must first place the ACU+ in the Manual mode. See
"’Man/Auto Set Parameter Settings" for a procedure.
Items that can only be changed in the Manual mode will revert to their previous settings when the
Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Man/Auto Set
Man/Auto Set Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / "Man/Auto Set"
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings
/ “Auto/Manual Setting”.
"Man/Auto Set" Parameter Settings:
Auto/Man State*
Auto: The Controller automatically controls the power system.
Manual: A User can manually change certain power system control settings via the following menus. (See Note above.) This provides a convenient means of making temporary adjustment changes for testing purposes.
Power System
Power System Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Power System
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Power System / select the Control tab.
"Power System" Parameter Settings:
Relay Output 1 through 8: Temporarily sets the relay to active or not active. Setting reverts to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
106 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Clr MtncRunTime*: The only selection for "Clear Maintenance Run Time" is Yes. Once
Yes is selected and confirmed, the Power System’s Maintenance Run Time log is cleared.
Rectifier
All Rect Ctrl Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Rectifier / All Rect Ctrl
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Rectifier Group / select the Control tab.
"All Rect Ctrl" Parameter Settings:
Rectifier Trim: Temporarily sets the output voltage for all rectifiers. Voltage can be increased or decreased from the existing Float Charge or Equalize Charge setting, depending which mode the Controller was in when set to "Manual". Setting reverts to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
DC On/Off Ctrl: Temporarily turns the DC output on or off for all rectifiers. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
AC On/Off Ctrl: Temporarily turns the AC input on or off for all rectifiers. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Rect LED Ctrl:
Temporarily sets whether or not a rectifier’s local power indicator blinks when the Controller is communicating with the rectifier. Setting returns to original when
Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Fan Speed Ctrl: Temporarily sets the fan speed for all rectifiers. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Confirm ID/PH*: Confirms the position and input phase for all rectifiers.
Clear Rect Lost*: Clears a rectifier lost alarm.
Reset Cycle Alm*: Clears a rectifier oscillator alarm.
Clear Comm Fail*: Clears a rectifier communication fail alarm.
Rect #1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Rectifier / Rect #1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Rectifier Group /
Rectifier #1 / select the Control tab.
"Rect #1" Parameter Settings:
DC On/Off Ctrl:
Temporarily turns the rectifier’s DC output on or off. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
AC On/Off Ctrl:
Temporarily turns the rectifier’s AC input on or off. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
LED Control:
Temporarily sets whether or not the rectifier’s local power indicator blinks when the Controller is communicating with the rectifier. Setting returns to original when
Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Rectifier Reset*: Resets the rectifier.
Batt Group
Batt Group Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Batt Group
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Battery Group / select the Control tab.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 107
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
"Batt Group" Parameter Settings:
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
EQ/FLT Control*: Places the system in Equalize Charge or Float Charge mode.
BattTestControl*: Starts or stops a Battery Test.
Reset Batt Cap*: Resets the battery capacity calculation.
Clr Bad Bat Alm*: Clears a bad battery alarm.
Clr LiBatt Lost*: Clears a Li-Ion battery lost alarm.
ClrLiBatComFail*: Clears a Li-Ion battery communications fail alarm
Clear AbnlCur Alm*: Clears an abnormal current alarm.
Clear Cur Imb Alm*: Clears a current imbalance alarm.
ClrBatTestFail*: Clears a battery test fail alarm.
LVD
LVD Unit Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / LVD / LVD Unit
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / LVD Group / LVD Unit
/ select the Control tab.
"LVD Unit" Parameter Settings:
LVD1 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD1. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
LVD2 Control: Temporarily connects or disconnects LVD2. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
EIB
EIB 1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / EIB / EIB1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / EIB Group / EIB 1 / select the Control tab.
"EIB 1" Parameter Settings: (EIB1 refers to the first Extended Interface Board (EIB) in the system.))
Relay Output 9 through 13: Temporarily sets the relay to active or not active. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Converter
All Conv Ctrl Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Converter / All Conv Ctrl
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Converter Group / select the Control tab.
"All Conv Ctrl" Parameter Settings:
Converter Trim: Temporarily sets the output voltage for all converters. Setting reverts to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
DC On/Off Ctrl: Temporarily turns the DC output on or off for all converters. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Conv LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not a converter
’s local power indicator blinks when the Controller is communicating with the converter. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
108 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Fan Speed Ctrl: Temporarily sets the fan speed for all converters. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Confirm ID *: Confirms the position for all converters.
Clear Conv Lost*: Clears a converter lost alarm.
Clear Comm Fail*: Clears a converter communication fail alarm.
ClrAllCommFail*: Clears all converter communication fail alarms.
Conv #1 Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / Converter / CONV 1
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / Converter Group /
Converter #1 / select the Control tab.
"CONV #1" Parameter Settings:
DC On/Off Ctrl: Temporarily turns the converter
’s DC output on or off. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
Over Volt Reset: Temporarily sets the converter
’s over voltage reset feature. Setting returns to original when Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
LED Control: Temporarily sets whether or not the converter
’s local power indicator blinks when the Controller is communicating with the converter. Setting returns to original when
Controller is returned to the Auto mode.
SMTemp
SMTemp Group Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / SMTemp / SMTemp Group
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / SM Temp Group /
Control Tab.
"SMTemp Group" Parameter Settings:
Clr SMTemp Lost*: Clears an SMTemp lost alarm.
SMTemp # Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Manual / SMTemp / SMTemp #
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Device Information / SM Temp Group / SM
Temp # / Control Tab.
"SMTemp #" Parameter Settings:
Clr Probe Alm*: Clears an SMTemp probe fail alarm.
3.3.4 Quick Setting Menu
Auto/Manual
Auto/Manual Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting / "Auto/Manual"
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings
/ “Auto/Manual Setting”.
"Auto/Manual" Parameter Settings:
Auto/Man State
Auto: The Controller automatically controls the power system.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 109
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Manual: A User can manually change certain power system control settings via the
Manual menu. (See
“3.3.3 Manual Menu”.) This provides a convenient means of
making temporary adjustment changes for testing purposes.
ECO Mode Set
ECO Mode Set Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting / ECO Mode Set
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings
/ “ECO Mode Setting.
"ECO Mode Set" Parameter Settings:
ECO Mode: Enables or disables the Energy Optimization Mode feature for all rectifiers.
When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
Energy Save Pt: Energy Optimization is disabled if the load is greater than this setting.
Best Oper Point: Percent of full load capacity that the rectifiers operate under in the
Energy Optimization mode.
Fluct Range: If load fluctuation is less than this value, rectifiers are not turned on or off for Energy Optimization.
Cycle Period: This is the time period that rectifiers are turned on and off to maintain an equal operating time for all rectifiers in the system.
Rects ON Time: Time all rectifiers are turned on at End of Cycle.
Turn Off Delay: When the Energy Optimization feature determines a rectifier can be switched off, this is the time delay before the rectifier is switched off.
FLT/EQ Volts
FLT/EQ Volts Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting /
“FLT/EQ Voltag”
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings
/ “Float/Equalize Charge
Voltage”.
"FLT/EQ Volts" Parameter Settings:
Float Voltage: Float Charge output voltage setting.
EQ Voltage: Equalize Charge output voltage setting.
FLT/EQ Set
FLT/EQ Set Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting / "FLT/EQ Set"
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings
/ “Float/Equalize Settings”.
"FLT/EQ Set" Parameter Settings:
Auto EQ: Enables or disables the Automatic Equalize Charge feature. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
EQ Start Curr: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when battery charge current increases to this setting. For example, a value of 0.060C10 means that an Automatic Equalize is started if the battery charge current is greater than 6% of the battery’s nominal capacity.
EQ Start Cap: The system is transferred to Equalize Charge mode when remaining battery capacity decreases to this setting.
EQ Stop Curr: When in Equalize Charge mode and the battery charge current decreases below this setting for the "EQ Stop Delay" time period, the system is
110 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D) transferred to Float Charge mode. For example, a value of 0.010C10 means that when the charging current is less than 1% of the battery’s nominal capacity, the system returns to the Float mode.
EQ Stop Delay: See "EQ Stop Curr" above.
Note: If the power system has been automatically placed in Equalize mode, disabling
Auto EQ will not return the system to Float mode until the current Equalize cycle is
completed. To return immediately to Float mode, navigate as follows: Main Menu /
Manual / Batt Group / EQ/FLT Control, and select Float Charge.
Maximum EQ Time: This is the maximum duration, in minutes, that an Automatic Equalize
Charge will last regardless of the other settings.
Cyc EQ: Enables or disables cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging. When enabled, the following parameters can be set.
Cyc EQ Interval: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging interval.
Cyc EQ Duration: Cyclic (scheduled) Equalize charging duration.
Temp Comp
Temp Comp Menu
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting / Temp Comp
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings / Temp Compensation
Setting.
"Temp Comp" Parameter Settings:
Temp CompCenter: Sets the temperature at which the system operates at normal voltage levels.
Temp Comp Coeff: Sets the temperature compensation slope or rate of change per °C above or below the "Temp Comp" setting. This value is expressed in millivolt per °C per string (mV/°C/str). For example, for a rate of change of 72 mV/°C/str in a 24-cell 48V nominal battery string, the rate of change is 3 mV per cell.
TempComp Sensor: Select "None" for no temperature compensation, or the temperature probe (SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... / SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 /
EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) sensing battery temperature for temperature compensation. You can also select Maximum or Average which takes the maximum or average reading of the temperature probes (any of SMTemp8 T8 / ... / SMTemp8 T1 / ... / SMTemp1 T8 / ... /
SMTemp1 T1 / EIB T2 / EIB T1 / IB2 T2 / IB2 T1) set as battery temperature probes. When used with an SM-BRC, you can select to average the SM-BRC temperature probe readings.
Note: The temperature compensation sensor is also the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.
Comp Temp High2: Allows you to set a high compensation temperature alarm 2 point.
Comp Temp High1: Allows you to set a high compensation temperature alarm 1 point.
Comp Temp Low: Allows you to set a low compensation temperature alarm point.
Temp Comp Clamp: Enables or disables the temperature compensation voltage clamp feature.
Temp Comp Max V: Upper voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.
Temp Comp Min V: Lower voltage limit where battery temperature compensation clamps the voltage.
Chapter 3. Local Display Menus 111
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Rectifier Expansion
Rectifier Expansion Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Up to four (4) ACU+ Controllers can be connected together when a power system requires a greater number of rectifiers than can be controlled by a single ACU+ Controller. One (1) Controller is designated as the primary Controller, the others as secondary Controllers. The rectifiers controlled by the secondary Controllers are designated as RectifierGroup 2 though 4 in the menus.
Primary/Secondary Procedure:
Note: Changing the Rectifier Expansion setting may take more than 3 minutes for the ACU+ to configure the feature.
1) Connect the ACU+ Controllers in the multiple bays via the RS485 interface.
2) Set one of the ACU+ Controllers as the Primary Controller (see below).
3) Set all other ACU+ Controllers as Secondary Controllers (see below).
4) Set the Address of the ACU+ Controllers set as Secondary Controllers to 201, 202, or 203
(see below). Note that each Secondary Controller must be set to a different address.
Menu Navigation: Main Menu / Quick Setting / Rectifier Expansion
Note: For WEB Interface; menu items are found under Quick Settings / Rectifier Expansion.
"Rectifier Expansion" Parameter Settings:
Rect Expansion
Inactive: Select this option if this is the only ACU+ Controller in the power system.
Primary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple
ACU+ Controllers, and this ACU+ Controller is to be the Primary Controller. Note that only one (1) ACU+ Controller can be set as the Primary Controller.
Secondary: Select this option if the power system consists of multiple bays with multiple ACU+ Controllers, and this ACU+ Controller is to be a Secondary Controller.
Address (Slave): Sets the address of an ACU+ Controller set as a Secondary Controller.
112 Chapter 3. Local Display Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
CHAPTER 4. WEB INTERFACE MENUS
4.1 Overview
This section provides descriptions of the WEB Interface Menus. Refer also to
” and “2.4 WEB Interface Access”. For parameter descriptions, refer to “3.3 Description of Local
Display (and Web Interface) Menus Line Items
”. For Local Display Menus, refer to “Chapter 3. Local
4.2 Homepage
In the WEB Interface, after entering a valid User Name and Password and clicking LOGIN, the
"HOMEPAGE" window opens. See also
“2.4.6. Logging into the Controller”.
System Status Area
Menu
Navigation
Area
Load Trend Area
The homepage window is divided into three areas: System Status, Load Trend, and Menu Navigation.
System Status Area
System status is displayed in this area (top right section of Homepage window).
Load Trend Area
A load trend visual is displayed in this area (bottom right section of Homepage window).
Menu Navigation Area
Available menus are displayed in this area (left section of Homepage window).
When you click on a menu name in this area, the menu opens in the right section of the window (replacing the system status and load trend screens).
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 113
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
When the system is in an alarm state, a fourth area (Alarms) appears at the bottom of the display.
Alarms Area
Alarms are displayed in this area (bottom right section of Homepage window).
System Status Area
Ambient
Temperature
Menu
Navigation
Area
Load Trend Area
(use scroll bar to view)
Alarms Area
Battery
Temperature
Temperature Readings
The temperature sensor set as the “Amb Temp Sensor” in the Power System menu is the sensor which displays t he ambient temperature on the Web Interface’s Homepage.
The temperature compensation sensor is the sensor which displays the battery temperature on the
Web Interface’s Homepage.
114 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.3 Menu Navigation Window
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
When a menu is clicked on in the left side of the window (menu navigation area), the menu selected is displayed in the top right section of the window (the system status and load trend screens are replaced with a selected menu screen). Note that there is a menu item named SYSTEM STATUS to return to the system status screen.
Selected Menu Area
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 115
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.3.1 Alarms
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The bottom right section of the window shows any alarms active in the power system.
When viewing the alarms, click the “arrow” icon
to collapse the alarm list. Click the "arrow" icon
again to expand the alarm list.
Also located next to the “arrow” icon is a check box named
“Auto Popup”. When this box is checked and the alarm window is collapse, a new alarm will cause the alarm window to open.
116 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The alarms area contains tabs to allow viewing all alarms or a type of alarm (severity). For example, click the Minor tab to display alarms set as Minor alarms.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 117
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.4 Device Information Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Listed in this menu are the device groups installed in the system. Click on a device group to view its current or logged operating parameters, set programmable parameters, and change control settings.
The following sections describe the Rectifier and Battery device groups as samples of how to use these menus.
4.4.1 Rectifier Group
The “Rectifier Group” menu contains three tabs: Status, Control, and Settings.
Status Tab
This tab displays the actually sampled values such as “Number of Rectifiers”, “Total Current”, and so on.
118 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Control Tab
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
This tab displays the rectifier’s control settings and allows you to change these settings. For example, a
User can select a value of “Full Speed” for “Fan Speed Control” then click on “Set” to make the rectifier’s fan run at full speed. The control command is effective for all the rectifiers.
Note: Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the Controller is in the "manual control" state. If the Controller is set for "automatic" control, change the “Auto/Man State” setting first to the
“Man” setting.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 119
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Settings Tab
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
This tab displays the rectifier’s programmable settings and allows you to change these settings. For example, a User can select a value of “Disabled” for “Walk-In” then click on “Set” to disable the walk-in function of all the rectifiers.
Note: Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the Controller is in the "manual control" state. If the Controller is set for "automatic" control, change the “Auto/Man State” setting first to the
“Man” setting.
120 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Selecting an Individual Rectifier from the Rectifier Group
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Expanding the Rectifier Group menu selection in the left pane lists the individual rectifiers installed in the system in sub-menus. Click on an individual rectifier listed in the sub-menus in the left pane to display its menu screen in the right pane.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 121
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
An “Individual Rectifier” menu also contains the three tabs: Status, Control, and Settings. The menu items in each of these tabs are specific to the rectifier selected. For example, clicking the Control tab displays the control settings for the selected rectifier.
122 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.4.2 Battery Group (except Li-Ion Battery Configuration)
The “Battery Group” menu contains three tabs: Status, Control, and Settings.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Status Tab
This tab displays the actually sampled values such as
“Battery Voltage” and “Total Battery Current”.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 123
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Control Tab
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
This tab displays the battery’s control settings and allows you to change these settings. For example, a
User can select a value of “Equalize Charge” for “Equalize/Float Charge Control” then click on “Set” to change the charge mode from float to equalize.
Note: Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the Controller is in the "manual control" state. If the Controller is set for "automatic" control, change the “Auto/Man State” setting first to the
“Man” setting.
124 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Settings Tab
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
This tab displays the battery’s programmable settings and allows you to change these settings. For example, a User can select a value of “Yes” for “Automatic Equalize” then click on “Set” to make the setting become effective.
Note: Settings that appear "grayed out" can only be made when the Controller is in the "manual control" state. If the Controller is set for "automatic" control, change the “Auto/Man State” setting first to the
“Man” setting.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 125
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Selecting an Individual Battery String from the Battery Group
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Expanding the Battery Group menu selection in the left pane lists the individual battery strings installed in the system in sub-menus. Click on an individual battery string listed in the sub-menus in the left pane to display its menu screen in the right pane.
126 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
An “Individual Battery String” menu also contains the three tabs: Status, Control, and Settings. The menu items in each of these tabs are specific to the battery string selected. For example, clicking the Settings
Tab displays the programmable settings for the selected battery string. Note that if you click the Control tab, nothing will be displayed because the Controller is not allowed to control a single battery string or set the values of a single battery string.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 127
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.4.3 Battery Group (Li-Ion Battery Configuration)
Status Tab
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Control Tab
128 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Settings Tab
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Individual Battery
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 129
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.5 Quick Settings Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The various settings presented in the other menus are grouped here by function as a convenient way to program these features.
130 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.6 Query Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.6.1 Alarm History Log Sub-Menu
Select the "Device" to query from the dropdown list box. Enter the "from" and "to" time. Click “Query” to query for alarms within this time slot.
To save the log to your hard drive (in text [.txt] format), click “Upload” and select the path.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 131
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.6.2 Data History Log Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Select the "Device" to query from the dropdown list box. Enter the "from" and "to" time. Click “Query” to query for data within this time slot.
To save the log to your hard drive (in text [.txt] format), clic k “Upload” and select the path.
132 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.6.3 Control/System/Diesel Log Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Select the type of log to query from the drop-down list box.
Enter the "from" and "to" time. Click “Query” to query for data within this time slot.
To save the log to your hard drive (in text [.txt] format), click “Upload” and select the path.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 133
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.6.4 Battery Test Log Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Select the battery test to query from the dropdown list box. Battery test #1 is the most recent. Click “Query” to query for the battery test results.
To save the log to y our hard drive (in text [.txt] format), click “Upload” and select the path.
134 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7 Maintenance Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.1 Network Configuration Sub-Menu
You can configure the Controller’s network parameters; such as the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway. After modifying the netwo rk parameters, click “Save Parameter” to validate the change made to the parameters.
Note: After changing the IP Address, you will need to login again with the new IP address.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 135
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7.2 NMS (Network Management System) Configuration Sub-Menu
You can configure the NMS IP, authority, and trap level. You can also add new NMS, modify NMS information, and delete the selected NMS through the interface. You can also set the trap level.
Note: Only listed IP Addresses will have SNMP access.
136 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.3 HLMS (High Level Management System) Configuration Sub-Menu
For use with HLMS supporting the YDN23 protocol.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 137
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.4 Edit PowerSplit Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
You can configure the PowerSplit parameters and associated digital input signals.
138 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7.5 User Information Settings Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
You can add, edit, and delete Users. These are the Users that can log onto the Controller both locally
(local display access) or remotely using the Web Interface.
Adding a User
1)
Enter the User’s Name in the “User Name” field (13 characters maximum; the valid characters are
0-9, a-z, A-Z, and _ ).
2) Select the authority of the User from those listed in the "Authority" drop-down list box. See "User
Authority Level" below for a description.
3) Enter a password for this User in the "Password" field (13 characters maximum; the valid characters are 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and _ ).
4) Re-enter the password for this User in the "Confirm" field.
5)
Click the “Add New User” button to add the User.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 139
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Modifying an Existing User
1) Select the User to be modified from those listed in the "Current Users" list.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
2) Modify the parameters of this User in the "User Name", "Authority", and/or "Password" field.
3)
Click the “Modify User” button to modify the parameters of this User.
Deleting a User
1) Select the User to be deleted from those listed in the "Current Users" list.
2)
Click the “Delete Selected User” button to delete this User.
User Authority Level
A User is assigned one of the following "Authority Levels".
Each Authority Level gives a User access to specific menus. A User has access to his/her level menus, plus all menus of the lesser authority levels.
Authority Level
Browser
Operator
User Authority
The User can only read (browse) information in the menus.
The User has access to the system "Control" menus.
Engineer
Administrator
The User has access to the system "Setting" menus and can download the configuration file.
The User has full access to all menus; including update the OS application and modifying, adding, and deleting Users.
140 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.6 Clear Data Sub-Menu
Select the data log to be cleared from those listed in the dropdown list box. Click on the “Clear” button to clear the corresponding data.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 141
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.7 Restore Factory Defaults Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
To return all configuration values to their factory default values, click on the “Restore Defaults” button.
Click “OK” to confirm to overwrite the existing configuration files with the factory default configuration files.
For the default settings to become effective, the Controller must be rebooted. Click on the “Reboot
Controller” button to reboot the Controller.
Warning:
When you restore defaults, the Controller’s existing configuration and parameter settings will be lost.
142 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7.8 Download Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
You can download (from your hard drive into the Controller) a configuration package, application ("All") package, or language package (filename of each has a tar or tar.gz extension). You can also download the file "SettingParam.run (see
“4.7.9 Retrieve ‘SettingParam.run’ File Sub-Menu” for a description)”.
You can upload (from the Controller to your hard drive) a configuration package or language package.
To download a file, you need to shut down the Controller first. When you select the "Download" submenu, the "Stop
Controller" window opens. Click on the “Stop Controller” button.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 143
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The following window opens.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Warning: Never navigate from this web page without first clicking on "Start Controller". If you do, you will not have web access. A manual system reset is required to restore web
access.
To download a package or a "SettingParam.run
” file, click the “Browse….” button and navigate to the folder where the file to download is located. Select the file to be downloaded and then click the
“Download” button. Click “Start Controller” to restart the Controller with the downloaded file installed.
To upload a file, select "Configuration Package” or “Language Package” from the "File in Controller" dropdown list box, and click on the “Upload” button to save the file to your computer.
Note: Configuration Package is a package of files containing all the default parameter settings and the current settings for relay severity and relay assignments.
Note: Language Package is a package of files containing all the default names of the parameters.
Note: See
“4.7.9 Retrieve ‘SettingParam.run’ File Sub-Menu” for a description of the "SettingParam.run”
file.
144 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7.9
Retrieve ‘SettingParam.run’ File Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
A file, named
“SettingParam.run”, is automatically created by the Controller whenever a User makes changes to any parameter settings via the LCD or WEB interface.
You can upload a
“SettingParam.run” file into your computer and then download the file to another
Click on the “Retrieve File” button to save the file named "SettingParam.run" to you hard drive.
Note: It is strongly recommended that you save a copy of the
“SettingParam.run” file whenever you customize any parameter settings. Then, if you ever replace the Controller or perform a "Reload
Config" procedure, you can restore your customized settings by downloading the previously saved
“SettingParam.run” file back into the Controller.
Note: Ensure Internet Explorer security settings are set to enable a file to be downloaded.
To aid in file management, you may change the name of the
“SettingParam.run” file. The new name can use alpha and numeric characters preceding the original
“SettingParam.run” name (the end of the new file name must always be
“SettingParam.run”; for example, an acceptable filename would be
“seville4SettingParam.run”).
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 145
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.7.10 Time Sync Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Us e the "Time Sync" submenu to set the Controller’s clock. Click "Get Local Zone" to obtain the time zone from the local host. Click "Get Local Time" to obtain the time from the local host. Click the "Setting" button to update the Controller
’s time.
146 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.7.11 System Inventory Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The “System Inventory” submenu allows you to view the product revision, serial number, and software revision information of the intelligent devices (such as rectifier, SMDU, and IB board) connected to the
Controller.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 147
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.8 Configuration Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.8.1 Auto Configuration Sub-Menu
The auto configuration feature scans the system for intelligent equipment connected to the Controller
(such as SMDU, IB, and EIB) and configures these into the Controller automatically.
To start the auto configuration process, click on the "Auto Configuration" button.
148 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.8.2 Site Information Modification Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Here you can add or change Site information. You can enter information such as a site name, site location, and site description. Click on the "Set" button to store the Site information entered. After you change the
Site information you will need to reboot the controller to see the changes.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 149
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.8.3 Equipment Information Modification Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Here you can change the name of an equipment device connected to the Controller. Equipment devices have two names. One is the “Device Full Name” and another is the “Device Abbreviated Name”. The
“Device Full Name” is displayed in the WEB Interface menus and the “Device Abbreviated Name” is displayed in the local LCD display menus.
Enter th e new device name in the “New Device Name” column and select what Device Name is to be changed (“Device Full Name” or “Device Abbreviated Name”). Click on the "Set" button to save the new name.
Device Full Name (32 characters maximum).
Device Abbreviated Name (15 characters maximum).
150 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.8.4 Signal Information Modification Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Here you can change the name of signals connected to the Controller. Signals have two names. One is the “Signal Full Name” and another is the “Signal Abbreviated Name”. The “Signal Full Name” is displayed in the WEB Interface menus and the “Signal Abbreviated Name” is displayed in the local LCD display menus.
Enter the new signal name in the “New Name” column and select what Name is to be changed (“Signal
Full
Name” or “Signal Abbreviated Name”). Click on the "Set" button to save the new name.
Signal Full Name (32 characters maximum).
Signal Abbreviated Name (15 characters maximum).
Note: If a signal is renamed it is recommended to retain enough information about the physical location of the signal as possible. As an example, if you want to assign a name of 'Intrusion 6' to the signal who's default name is 'DI1 Alarm' it could be labeled 'DI1 Intrusion 6'. This will help in physically locating the wiring etc. related to the 'Intrusion 6' alarm. Alternately, the customer could label the wiring and/or position that is related to the signal name.
Sample Signal Name Modification Procedure
The following procedure demonstrates how to change the “System Voltage” to “Bus Voltage”.
1) Select the equipment to which this signal belongs: Power System.
2) Select the signal type to which the signal belongs: Sample Signal.
3) Enter new signal name: Bus Voltage.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 151
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4) Select the type of signal name to be changed:
“Signal Full Name” or “Signal Abbreviated Name”.
5) Click the “Set” button.
For alarm signals, you can also change the alarm level (severity) for the alarm signal.
In the second step in the above procedure, select “Alarm Signal”, then the alarm signal name and alarm level are displayed. Select “New alarm level” and click “Set” to change the alarm level (severity) of this alarm signal.
152 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.8.5 Alarm Suppressing Sub-Menu
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Here you can modify the Alarm Suppression relationships of an alarm signal.
Alarm Suppression Explanation: If Alarm A suppresses Alarm B, when Alarm A occurs, Alarm B will not be reported even if the conditions of Alarm B are met. For example, AC failure alarm will suppress AC low voltage alarm. When AC failure occurs, the alarm conditions for both AC failure alarm and AC low voltage alarm are met, and both alarms should be reported. However, since the AC failure alarm suppresses the
AC low voltage alarm, only AC failure alarm is displayed in the alarm list.
To configure Alarm Suppression, first select the device to which the alarm signal belongs. This displays all the alarm signals of this device.
Locate the alarm signal to be configured for Alarm Suppression and click on the “Modify” button for this alarm signal.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 153
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
The following screen appears which allows you to configure the Alarm Suppression Expression. In this screen, you can select the signals in the Alarm Suppression Expression and enter the logic relationship before the alarm signal (Logic AND &, Logic OR |, Logic NO!).
154 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
4.8.6 PLC Sub-Menu
Allows you to configure the PLC functions of the Controller.
The following shows the PLC sub-menu.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Operation
The PLC function normally runs every 10 seconds. It starts by executing the first line and stores the result in the output signal/register. Then executes the next line and continues executing line by line until it reaches the end. The PLC function will be stopped if the ACU+ is set to Manual Mode.
Procedure
1) Click the ADD button and the window below is shown.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 155
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Column Descriptions
Operator: The Operator column selects the type of function that will be performed. The list of
Operators is shown in the Symbol Information table (from line 3 and down) in the previous PLC screen.
Input 1: The Input 1 column is divided into the following three sub-columns.
a) EquipName/Register: This column shows the Equipment that the signal to be selected in c) below is associated with. (Equipment is not necessarily connected to a physical device.
An Equipment can be connected to several physical devices and vice versa.)
The Equipment can be replaced by a Register. Every Register is given a unique number between 0 and 99. A Register works as a temporary storage place that will be cleared after every run of the PLC function.
b) Signal Type: This column shows the type of signal to be selected in c) below.
The ACU+ has four different signal types:
Sample (measured or calculated values, status).
Control (control of different functions or events).
Setting (different kind of settings).
Alarm (alarms, these signals will only be activated if the alarm category is set to anything else than NA).
c) Signal Name: You select the signal from this column. Signals that are shown in the drop-down list box are based on your selections in a) and b) above.
Input 2: (See Input 1 above.)
Param 1: This column shows if any parameter is used.
A parameter is just a way to enter a value, which can be used in compares with signals.
Param 2: (See Param 1 above.)
Output: The Output column is divided in three sub-columns, which has the same information as for the Inputs.
2) Choose the type of Operator. The web page will disable some boxes that are not applicable for the type of Operator.
156 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
3) Select Signal or Register for Input 1.
4) Enter either the register number or choose the equipment, signal type, and signal name. The format for entering a register is R(x), where x is the number of the register.
5)
Setup Input 2 in the same way as Input 1 if it’s not disabled.
6) Enter Param 1 and Param 2 if they are not disabled. The format for entering a parameter is P(x), where x is the value.
7) Select Signal or Register for Output.
8) Enter either the register number or choose the equipment, signal type, and signal name.
9) Click the ADD button in the bottom of the window.
10) Reboot the ACU+. See
“4.7.7. Restore Factory Defaults Sub-Menu”.
Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus 157
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
4.8.7 Alarm Relay Sub-Menu
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Allows you to map system alarms to the alarm relays.
Select the device to display the system alarms associated to it. Also displayed is the alarm relay number assigned to this alarm. To modify the alarm relay number, click on the “Modify” button for that alarm signal.
“NA” means there is no related relay number.
158 Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
CHAPTER 5. ACCESSING THE CONTROLLER
VIA A NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (NMS)
5.1 General
The Controller has an SNMP agent function.
Users can use a Network Management System (NMS) to do following operations:
Query the operation status and input/output signals of the devices connected to the Controller.
Browse the active alarms.
When the Controller generates alarms, the SNMP agent can notify the preset NMS through TRAPS automatically.
5.2 NMS Supported by SNMP Agent
The SNMP agent of the Controller supports SNMPv2c.
All the NMS that supports SNMPv2c can be used to access the Controller. The NMS includes HP
OpenView, IBM NetView, Novell ManageWise, SunNet Manager and so on. SNMP is a technology used for network management. The technology is based on implementing an information base called MIB
(Managed Information Base). This MIB contains parameters that are of interest from a management perspective. All LAN connected equipment that support SNMP also support a default MIB called MIB-II.
The SNMP Agent responds to requests received via the SNMP protocol and also actively sends TRAPS to a specified manager when certain MIB values change state. This is used to actively inform a manager when an alarm situation is recognized.
5.3 MIB Installation
5.3.1 Installation
The Controller’s MIB is named "Netsure_ESNA.mib". Contact your Emerson representative for the location on the Web to download the MIB file.
Use the MIB loading function of NMS to load the MIB database, refer to the corresponding NMS User
Manual for the detailed loading method.
5.3.2
Contents of the Controller’s MIB
the details, refer to the file named "Netsure_ESNA.mib".
Chapter 5. Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS) 159
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Ident Group Controller Ident Group
identManufacturer The name of the equipment manufacturer. identModel The manufacturers model designation of the power system. identControllerFirmwareVersion The firmware (software) version of the Controller. identName
The name of the power plant. This object should be set by the administrator.
System Group
systemStatus systemVoltage systemCurrent systemUsedCapacity
psBattery Group
Controller System Value Group
Status of the complete plant (highest alarm). One of...
(1) unknown - status has not yet been defined
(2) normal - there are no activated alarms
(3) warning - OA, lowest level of 'abnormal' status
(4) minor - A3
(5) major - MA
(6) critical - CA, highest level of 'abnormal' status
(7) unmanaged
(8) restricted
(9) testing
(10) disabled
System voltage, stored as mV.
System current, stored as mA.
Used capacity, stored as percentage of the total capacity .
Power System Battery Group
R
R
R
R/W
R
R
R
R psBatteryVoltage psBatteryCurrent
psInput Group
psInputLineAVoltage
Battery voltage, stored as mV.
Battery current, stored as mA.
Power System Input Group
The AC line A voltage, stored as mV.
R
R psInputLineBVoltage psInputLineCVoltage
psTemperature Group
psTemperature1 psTemperature2
The AC line B voltage, stored as mV.
The AC line C voltage, stored as mV.
Power System Temperature Group
The first route temperature, stored as 0.001 Celsius degree.
The second route temperature, stored as 0.001 Celsius degree.
R
R
R
R
R
160 Chapter 5. Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS)
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D) psStatusCommunication
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
The status of communication with the Power System.
(1) unknown
(2) normal
(3) interrupt indicates some errors occurred between Power System and agent
R psStatusBatteryMode
The status of battery modes.
(1) unknown
(2) FloatCharging
(3) ShortTest
(4) EqualizeChargingForTest
(5) ManualTesting
(6) PlanTesting
(7) ACFailTesting
(8) ACFail
(9) ManualEqualizeCharging
(10) AutoEqualizeCharging
(11) CyclicEqualizeCharging
(12) MasterEqualizeCharging
(13) MasterBatteryTesting
R
SM Series Group Supervisory Module Group
psSMACNumber psSMBATNumber psSMIONumber
Alarm Trap Group
alarmLastTrapNo alarmTrapTable
(alarmTrapEntry) alarmTrapNo
The number of SM AC module.
The number of SM BAT module.
The number of SM IO module.
Controller Alarm Trap Group
R
R
R
R
R
R alarmTime alarmStatusChange alarmSeverity alarmDescription
The sequence number of last submitted alarm trap.
Table holding information about the submitted alarm traps. alarmTrapEntry is the entry (conceptual row) in the alarmTrapTable.
The unique sequence number of this alarm trap.
Date and time when event occurred (local time), including timezone if supported by Controller.
The type of alarm change. One of...
(1) activated
(2) deactivated
The severity of the alarm. One of...
(1) warning - OA, lowest level of alarm severity
(2) minor - A3
(3) major - MA
(4) critical - CA, highest level of alarm severity
Free-text description of alarm.
R
R
R
R
Chapter 5. Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS) 161
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013 alarmType
Traps
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
Alarm type, i.e. an integer specifying the type of alarm.
Alarm Traps Info
R
--
The SNMP agent can send the active alarms to the specified NMS and the User can define the lowest severity of the NMS accepted alarms.
--
Table 5
Contents of the Controller’s MIB
In Table 5, R means OID is read-only (GET), and R/W means OID can be read and modified (GET/SET).
162 Chapter 5. Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS)
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
5.4 Accessing the Controller through an NMS
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
5.4.1 Apply Administrative Authority
In order to use NMS to manage the devices connected to the Controller, the administrative authority needs to be applied for the NMS, that is, add the NMS information to the access list of SNMP agent.
Add NMS through Web Browser
Refer to
“Chapter 4. WEB Interface Menus” for the method of adding NMS.
Chapter 5. Accessing the Controller via a Network Management System (NMS) 163
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
CHAPTER 6. REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
6.1 ACU+ Controller Replacement
Warning: ACU+ CONTROLLER HANDLING.
Installation or removal of the ACU+ Controller requires careful handling. To avoid possibility of ACU+ Controller damage from static discharge, a static wrist strap grounded through a one megohm resistor should always be worn when handling the
ACU+ Controller. ESD-protective packaging material must also be used when carrying/shipping the ACU+ Controller.
Note: Depending on your network security settings, when you remove a device that is connected to your network and assign the same IP address to the replacement device, you may not be allowed to communicate with the replacement device over the network. Contact your network administrator for assistance.
The ACU+ Controller is hot swappable. It can be removed and installed with the system operating and without affecting the output bus.
Procedure
1) Before performing this procedure, ensure the replacement ACU+ Controller contains the same configuration file as the existing ACU+ Controller. Refer to the Configuration Label on the side of the replacement ACU+ Controller for the Configuration Part Number. If the existing Controller is operational, navigate the menus to view its configuration file (MAIN SCREEN/ESC/ENT/ENT).
M820D
M820B
C o n fig u ra tio n F ile
P a rt N u m b e r L a b e l
Figure 9
ACU+ Controller Configuration Label Location
2) Performing this procedure may activate external alarms. Do one of the following. If possible, disable these alarms. If these alarms cannot be easily disabled, notify the appropriate personnel to disregard any future alarms associated with this system while this procedure is being performed.
164 Chapter 6. Replacement Procedures
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
3) Connect an approved grounding strap to your wrist. Attach the other end to a suitable ground.
4) Loosen the captive fastener securing the latch mechanism to the front of the ACU+ Controller. Pull the latch mechanism away from the ACU+ Controller (this will retract the latch mechanism located on the bottom of the ACU+ Controller). This unlocks the ACU+ Controller from the shelf. Refer to
5) Slide the ACU+ Controller completely from the shelf.
6) Loosen the captive fastener securing the latch mechanism to the front of the replacement ACU+
Controller. Pull the latch mechanism away from the ACU+ Controller (this will retract the latch mechanism located on the bottom of the ACU+ Controller).
7) Slide the ACU+ Controller completely into its mounting position.
8) Push the latch mechanism into the front panel of the ACU+ Controller, and secure by tightening the captive fastener. This locks the ACU+ Controller securely to the shelf.
9) Wait for the Controller to finish booting and verify that the complete system operates normally.
10) Enable the external alarms, or notify appropriate personnel that this procedure is finished.
11) Ensure that there are no local or remote alarms active on the system.
M820D M820B
Captive Fastener
Latch Mechanism
Figure 10
Latch Mechanism on the ACU+ Controller
Chapter 6. Replacement Procedures 165
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
CHAPTER 7. SPECIFICATIONS
Input Voltage Range: 19 to 60 VDC.
Power Consumption: 5W.
Operating Temperature Range: -40°C (-40°F) to +75°C (+167°F).
Humidity: Capable of operating in an ambient relative humidity range of 0% to 90%, non-condensing.
Dimensions:
Model M820B: 42mm (H) x 86.6mm (W) x 211.5mm (D)
1.
65” (H) x 3.41” (W) x 8.33” (D)
Model M820D: 86.6mm (H) × 86.8mm (W) × 211.5mm (D)
3.41” (H) x 3.41” (W) x 8.33” (D)
Weight: < 1kg (2.2 lbs).
Front Panel Display: LCD with 4 x 16 (Model M820D) or 8 x 16 (Model M820B) characters.
Indicators:
Status (Green)
Minor Alarm (Yellow)
Critical / Major Alarm (Red)
Local and Remote Access Passwords: Refer to
“2.2 Passwords and Access Levels”.
Inputs and Outputs: Connection points provided on ACU+ Interface Board(s) mounted in the system.
Refer to your system documentation.
Factory Default Setpoints: Refer to the Configuration Drawing (C-drawing) furnished with your system for a list of factory default values.
166 Chapter 7. Specifications
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
User Instructions
Spec No. 1M820BNA (Model M820B)
Spec No. 1M820DNA (Model M820D)
This page is intentionally blank.
UM1M820BNA
Issue AH, March 4, 2013
Chapter 7. Specifications 167
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
168 Revision Record
This document is property of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. and contains confidential and proprietary information owned by Emerson Network Power, Energy
Systems, North America, Inc. Any copying, use, or disclosure of it without the written permission of Emerson Network Power, Energy Systems, North America, Inc. is strictly prohibited.
NetPerform™ Optimization Services
At Emerson Network Power, we understand the importance of reliable equipment – it’s critical to both your business and your bottom line. That is why we offer a wide array of services to meet all of your network infrastructure needs.
Customer Service
[1,2]
Customer Support Center
Account Management
Spare Parts
DC Power Depot Repair
[2]
Technical Support
[1]
[2]
For More Information
To learn more about service offerings from Emerson Network Power, please contact your sales representative, call 1-800-800-1280 option 7, email [email protected]
or visit EmersonNetworkPower.com/EnergySystems .
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Key Features
- Advanced control of rectifiers and converters
- Comprehensive monitoring of system components and generation of system alarms
- Acquisition and logging of operating data
- Intelligent power matching for energy optimization
- Power split feature for flexible system design
- Diesel management feature for efficient generator operation
- PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) function for custom control logic
- Supervisory Module (SM Modules) monitoring for enhanced system visibility
- Hybrid control function for seamless integration of multiple power sources
- Maximum current limit function for protection against overloads
